A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE · 2019. 4. 10. · kannada a self instructional course lingadevaru halemane karnataka government kannada development authority bengaluru. czsÀåpÀëgÀ

PÀ£ÀßqÀKANNADA

A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE

LINGADEVARU HALEMANE

KARNATAKA GOVERNMENT

KANNADA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITYBENGALURU

CzsÀåPÀëgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ

`PÀ£ÀßqÀ dUÀvÀÛ'£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ £Ár£À°è PÁt¨ÉÃPÁzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð EA¢£ÀzÁVzÉ. F

£Ár£À°è ««zsÀ ªÀiÁvÀÈ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÁßqÀÄªÀ d£ÀgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ.

CªÀgÉ®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÉÃ DVzÁÝgÉA§ÄzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä £ÀA©PÉ. CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÈ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

£ÁªÀÅ zÉéÃ¶¸ÀÄªÀÅ¢®è; DzÀgÉ F £É®zÀ°è C£Àß-D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÉzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É, E°èAiÀÄ

¤ÃgÀÄ-£É®zÀ IÄtªÀÅAqÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É PÀ£ÀßrUÀ£ÉÆA¢UÉ ºÁ¢ðPÀªÁV ¨ÉgÉAiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÀÄ,

E°èAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ ¦æÃw-«±Áé¸ÀPÉÌ ¨sÁd£ÀgÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

JA§ÄzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ D±ÀAiÀÄªÁVzÉ. F »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è

ºÉÆgÀvÀgÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀ UÀæAxÀ«zÀÄ.

¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄªÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è UËgÀªÀ¢AzÀ

ªÉÆzÀ°UÉ £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃ£É. CªÀgÀ EAVèµï ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ±Àå EgÀÄªÀ°è ¥ÀjµÀÌj¹,

vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, ªÀÄ¯ÉAiÀiÁ¼ÀA ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁgÁp ¨sÁµÉUÀ½UÉ C£ÀÄªÁ¢¹zÉÝÃªÉ. F

C£ÀÄªÁzÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄAiÀÄ°è PÀæªÀÄªÁV qÁ|| ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ|| £ÀAdÄAqÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ||

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï PÀÄAmÁgï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÉÆæ|| r.J¸ï.ZËUÀ¯É CªÀgÀÄ D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ

vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀºÀPÀj¹zÀÄÝ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄªÁVzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ

ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÀÄªÁ¢¹PÉÆlÖ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉ¸Àj¹zÀ J®è «zÁéA¸ÀjUÉ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀªÀÅ

IÄtÂAiÀiÁVzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è £ÉÀ¯É¹ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß PÀAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ ºÉÆgÀ£ÁqÀÄUÀ¼À ¨sÁ¶PÀgÀÄ

PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ°è

¨ÉgÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ F UÀæAxÀ £ÉgÀªÁUÀ°zÉ JA§ «±Áé¸À ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÁÝVzÉ.

F UÀæAxÀ ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ® ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ

CzsÀåPÀëgÁzÀ ¥ÉÆæ|| §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀzÀÄ. CªÀgÀ CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è

DgÀA¨sÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ ªÀiÁ£Àå ©.JA.E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ C¢üPÁgÁªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è

NzÀÄUÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ®¨sÀåªÁV FUÀ ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ||

§gÀUÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£Àå E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ

£É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃ£É.

F ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀætzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ

vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ðUÀ¼ÁzÀ qÁ|| ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ PÉ. ºÁUÀÆ J®è

¹§âA¢ªÀUÀðPÉÌ PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

KANNADA : A Self Instructional Course by Lingadevaru Halemane Published by Kannada Development Authority Govt. of KarnatakaPages : 259 + 16

First Edition : 1989Second Edition : 2003Third Edition : 2012

¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 1989

¢éwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2003

vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2012

¨É¯É : 35-00 gÀÆ¥Á¬ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

Price : Rs. 35/-

¥ÀæPÁ±ÀPÀgÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ«zsÁ£À ̧ ËzsÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̧ ÀPÁðgÀ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

Printer :

Karnataka Offset Printers 30/2, 4th Main, 3rd Cross,Chamarajpet, Bangalore-18. ( : 26678525

qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæCzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ¢£ÁAPÀ : 1-12-2012

PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ

qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ

PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð

qÁ. PÉ. ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ

INTRODUCTION

This is a self-instructional material prepared to develop

speaking, reading and writing skills. This is intended for adult

English Learners from different mother-tongue backgrounds, who

wants to learn Kannada for various reasons.

It is hoped that this self instructional material would enable

the learner to construct orally the basic sentences with the help of

given patterns and lexical items. This would also enable the learner

to converse with the native speakers in given situation with the help

of conversations framed. The book also takes care of the skills of

reading and writing.

An attempt has been made here to present the material as

systematically as possible. The language and the situations used to

follow the principle of selection and gradation which is the modern

practice the world over. The lessons show development from the

simple to the complex and from the known to the unknown.

Provision has been made for reinforcement of the language habits

through conversation and narration. The language structures

introduced here are found in informal spoken contexts and their

description in the text are pedagogically oriented.

The book contains two parts. Part I deals with graded

language structuring and Part II deals with the script.

Part I contains 25 lessons. These lessons are structurally

graded. The language used in these lessons is standard spoken

Kannada. The Bangalore - Mysore dialect of Kannada is generally

accepted as the standard spoken Kannada. However one can see

certain changes at phonological level, like dropping of the vowel in

the second syllable in the spoken form. One can find occassional

overlapping of formal and informal usage in this book.

Each basic lesson contains five components, namely,

conversation/narration, pattern drill, key to learners, exercise and

vocabulary.

Each lesson is a running conversation/narration written on a

specific situation with appropriate structure and vocabulary. The

purpose of having a majority of the lesson in the form of

conversation is that it forms the 'stimulus-reponse pattern' in the

learners. The dialogue form of the book facilitates participation by

the learners with interchanging roles. However the last four lessons

are narrations; they can be used as reading texts. The content of the

lessons include day to day social contexts and cultural information

about Karnataka. The first ten lessons are given in Roman

transliteration. A key to sound transcription is given in the begining

of the book. The tenth lesson onwords, lessons are given in

Kannada Script. It is assumed by the time the learner completes the

structure of first ten lessons that he would also have learnt the

recognition of letters in isolation and in combination. the translation

of text and pattern drill is given in English. (while the translations

are largely idiomatically acceptable, the exigencies of instructions

may have here and there resulted in slightly deviant English

constructions).

Pattern drills and exercises are meant for reinforcement of the

structures introduced in the lesson. Generally a distinction is made

between drills and exercises on the lines of their nature. The drills

aim at establishing the structure as habit. In other words they

VI/Introduction

establish automatic response through intensive practice. Besides

this they are also helpful in knowing the syntactic relationship

among the related structures.

In a true sense exercises are an application activity, No new

structure is given under exercise. The learner is expected to apply

the structure learnt in the lesson to test his competence.

The vocabulary contains the newly introduced in the text as

well as in the drill part under two headings, namely, vocabulary and

supplementary vocabulary. Vocabulary is listed in an alphabetical

order.

The key to the learner gives a brief explanation of the structure

or pattern introduced in the lesson. To a great extent extensive use

of linguistic terminology is avoided. Necessary examples and

sandhi rules are also given.

Part II contains the introduction of the Kannada alphabet. The

letters have been introduced on their shape similarity and

contrastive perception. This would enable the learner to recognise

the letters in isolation and in combination as quickly as possible.

The combination of consonants and vowels are also introduced on

their shape similarity. The sound value in Roman script is also

given along with the primary letters in order to enable the learner to

identify the target language sounds. It is expected that the learner

should start learning speaking, reading and writing side by side.

The explanation given above is only a guide line. The actual

learning lies with the learner's motivation and requirement.

Language learning should'nt be taken as a sole activity, but rather as

an enjoyable game. Each structure and each vocabulary item is to be

treated as an interesting toy in the hands of the learner. The learner

Introduction /VII

should always approach them with an open mind. Aslo one should

be very conscious and alert about his/her surroundings and the

people. One can learn the language while talking in it without

inhibitions. Talk to the people. If they laugh at your pronunciation,

wrong construction of sentences join them and laugh with them.

But don't be disheartened. While laughing with them try to know

the correct form with the help of the book and with the help of the

native speakers.

I acknowledge my grateful thanks to Prof. Baragur

Ramachandrappa, and Sri Idinabba former Chairmans, Kannada

Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka, who are chiefly

responsible for re-printing this book. They have also got it

translated into other languages knowing its importance in the

development of Kannada language. I am equally grateful to the

translators of this book into different languages. My sincere thanks

to Secretary, Kannada Development Authority for his keen interest

in executing this work.

I hope that this self instructional material will be helpful in

your endeavour.

Lingadevaru Halemane

VIII/Introduction

ABBREVATIONS

Prox. Proximate

rem. remote

hon. honorific

pl. Plural

sg. singular

non hon. non honorific

V.P. Verbal participle

V. Verb

N. Noun

R.P. Relative Participle

Aux. Auxiliary Verb

KEY TO TRANSCRIPTION

1. Vowels

Symbol enqivalent in English

a up, cut

aa aunt, laugh

i it, kit

ii each, keep

u book, put

uu ooze, moon

e egg, leg

ee ape, make

o one, no

oo own, coat

ai/ay island, five

au/av owl, south

2. Consonants

Symbol equivalent in English

k king, make

g get, beg

c church, much

J Judge, agent

ñ The sound does't exist in English, but is heard

in French and spanish words like Senor, Signe

D donkey, made

d this, other

n number, many

p people, camp

b but, rubber

m mail, small

y young, beyond

r room, bring

l live, small

v/w wine, shave

s small, face

S shave, fish

h hall, behave

The following sounds do not have acceptable equivalents in English. Hence their articulation rather than examples are given.

t Kannada sound is a variety of t produced by the tip of the tongue touching the back of the upper teeth.

T Kannada sound is produced by curling the tip of the tongue backwords.

N Produced in the above fashion, but nasal in its quality.

sh Variety of 's' also produced in the above fashion.

L Produced in the above fashion, but lateral in its quality.

Key to Transcriptions/XI

f fan refer. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol ph.

z zoo, lazy. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol for J or Jh.

k c T t p and g J D d b, when followed by 'h' are produced with greater breath force.

Note the sound qualities indicated above are not the exact ones, but the nearest approximations.

XII/Key to Transcriptions

CONTENTS

Introduction V-VIII

Abbrevations IX

Key to transcription X-XII

Part I

Lesson I

Personal pronouns with their possessive forms 1-6

Lesson 2

Personal pronouns with their possessive formsYes/No type of interrogation. 7-15

Lesson 3

Possessive forms of the nouns 16-22

Lesson 4

Qualitative and Quantitative adjectives 23-28

Lesson 5

Predicative forms of the pronouns, nouns,

adjectives. Adjectival nouns, alli, Locative case.

Post positions. 29-39

Lesson 6

Dative case, Numerals 40-51

Lesson 7

Numeral adjectives, Human plurals,

Human numerals 52-62

Lesson 8

Colour adjectives, Model verbs and negation 63-70

Lesson 9

Verb iru ; non-post tense paradigm and negation. 71-78

Lesson 10

Imperative, premissive, hortative forms of theverbs. Non-post tense forms of the main verbs,annu accusative case. 79-89

Lesson 11

inta comparative marker. Definitive permissive

and prohibitive forms 90-97

Lesson 12

Gerundials, Potential forms, inda instrumental

and ablative case 98-108

Lesson 13

isu as verbaliser and causative, Reflexive pronouns 109-118

Lesson 14

Past tense d and t and negation 119-130

Lesson 15

Past tense k, T, D, id and their negation. Indirectspeech, reportive forms. 131-142

Lesson 16

Past participle forms and their negation 143-153

Lesson 17

Continuous forms and their negation 154-162

Lesson 18

Perfect forms and their negation 163-171

Lesson 19

Relative participle, participle nouns and their negations 172-191

Lesson 20

Simple conditional and its negation 192-199

Lesson 21

Unfulfilled past conditional and its negation,Concessive form 200-209

Lesson 22

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ (Reading Practice) 210-219

XIV / Contents Contents / XV

Lesson 23

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ (Reading Practice) 220-224

Lesson 24

ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀÄªÀ ̧ ÀAUÀw C®è (Reading Practice) 225-228

Lesson 25

¨ÉÃPÀÄ ̈ ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (Reading Practice) 229-233

Part II

Kannada Script 234-259

LESSON - 1

1. Dialogue :

Manohar : namaskaara saar. Good morning sir

Mahadeva : namaskaara niivu Good morning, who areyaaru ? you (polite) ?

Manohar : naanu KannaDa I am a student ofvidyaarthi Kannada

Mahadeva : nimma hesaru eenu ? What is yourname (polite) ?

Manohar : nanna hesaru My name is Manoharmanohar, niivu Who are you, sir ?yaaru saar ?

Mahadeva : naanu kannaDa I am a Kannada teacheradhyaapaka

Manohar : nimma hesaru What is your name, sir ?eenu saar ?

Mahadeva : naana hesaru My name is Mahadevamahaadeva. nimma Which is your state ?raajya yaavudu ?

Manohar : nanna raajya My state is TamilnadutamiLnaaDu

Mahadeva : nimma maatru bhaashe Which is your Motheryaavdu ? tongue ?

Manohar : naana maatru bhaashe My mother tongue istamiLu. ivaru yaaru Tamil. Who is she Sir ?saar ?

XVI / Contents

Mahadeva : ivaru kannaDa She (prox.) is Kannadaadhyaapaki teacher

Manohar : ivara hesaru eenu saar ? What is her name sir ?

Mahadeva : ivara hesaru Siila Her name is Sheelaavaru yaaru manoohar ? Who is he, Manohar ?

Manohar : avaru raabar T, nanna He is Robert, my friendsneehita

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 niivu yaaru ? Who are you (hon) ?

avaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.rem.) ?

ivaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.prox.) ?

2.2 naanu adhyaapaka. I am a teacher

avaru vaidya He is a doctor

ivaru gumaasta He is a clerk

avaru leekhaki She is a writer

avaru injiniyar He is an engineer

naanu vyaapaari I am a businessman

2.3 nimma hesaru eenu ? What is your (hon.) name ?

avaru hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ?

ivara hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ?

2.4 nanna hesaru moohan My name is Mohan

avara hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala

ivara hesaru raaju His name is Raju

2/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

2.5 avara uuru yaavudu ? Which is his/her native Place ?ivaru raajya yaavudu ? Whis is / her state ?nimma jille yaavudu ? Which is your district ?

2.6 nanna deeSa bhaarata My country is Indiananna raajya KarnaaTaka My state is Karnatakaavaru uuru mayasuuru His/her native place is Mysoreivara jille tumakuuru His/her district is Tumkur

2.7 avaru nanna sneehita He is my friendavaru nanna sneehite She is my friend

3. Key to Learners :

3.1 'namaskaara' is a greeting term used whenever persons meet.

3.2 This lesson introduces simple sentences containing nouns. Note that there is no copula in Kannada as in English.

niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'naanu vidyaarthi 'I am a student'avaru vidyaarthini 'She is a student'

In the above English sentences 'are', 'am', 'is' are functioning as copula conjoining Noun+Noun. This is not so in Kannada.

3.3 yaaru 'who is a human interrogative marker, whereas ennu 'what' is a non-human interrogative marker.

niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'nimma hesaru eenu ? 'What is your name ?'

Lesson 1/3

4/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 1/5

3.4 naanu 'I' First person (sg.)

niivu 'you' Second person (sg. hon+pl.)

avaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. rem.)

ivaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. prox.)

are personal pronouns. Note that there is no gender distinction in third person honorafic plural forms.

3.5 The pronouns are further extended by adding possessive marker - a

naanu + a = nanna 'my'

niivu + a = nimma 'your'

avaru + a = avara 'his/her'

ivaru + a = ivara 'his/her'

3.6 yaavudu 'which one' is a non-human interrogative pronoun.

4. Exercise :

4.1 fill in the blanks using the Kannada equivalents of the English ones :

4.1.1 raaja nanna ___________ (friend)

4.1.2 avara _____________ tamiLu. (mother tongue)

4.1.3 ____________ hesaru Kamala. (my)

4.1.4 avara raajya ______________ ? (which)

4.2 Fill in the blanks

4.2.1 nimma hesaru _______________ ?

4.2.2 avara hesaru _______________

4.2.3 niivu _____________ ?

4.2.4 ivaru kannaDa ______________

4.3 If 'naanu' becomes 'nanna' what would be the following

4.3.1 niivu ____________

4.3.2 avaru ____________

4.3.3 ivaru ____________

4.4 Use the following words in your own sentences :

4.4.1 adhyaapaki

4.4.2 raajya

4.4.3 hesaru

4.4.4 naanu

4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada

4.5.1 I am a student of Kannada

4.5.2 Gopal is my friend

4.5.3 My state is Kerala

4.5.4 Her name is Jaya

4.6 Answer the following questions

4.6.1 niivvu yaaru ?

4.6.2 nimma hesaru eenu ?

4.6.3 nimma deeSa yaavudu ?

4.6.4 nimma raajya yaavudu ?

4.6.5 nimma jille yaavudu ?

4.6.6 nimma uuru yaavudu ?

4.6.7 nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu ?


5. Vocavbularyadhyaapaka 'teacher (mas.)'

adhyaapaki 'teacher (fem.)'

avara 'his/her (rem.)'

avaru 'he/she(hon.rem)'

ivara 'his/her (prox.)'

eenu 'what'

nanna 'my'

namaskaara 'greeting term, equivalent to

English good morning/

good afternoon/good evening'

naanu 'I'

nimma 'your'

niivu 'you (hon.sg.)'

maatrubhaashe 'mother tongue'

yaaru 'who'

yaavudu 'which one'

raajya 'state'

vidyaarthi 'student (mas.)'

sneehita 'friend (mas.)'

hesaru 'name'

5.2 Supplementary vocabulary :

gumaasta 'clerk;

jille 'district'

deeSa 'country'

leekhaki 'writter(fem.)'

vaidya 'doctor'

vyaapaari 'businessman'

sneehite 'friend(fem.)'

LESSON - 2

1. Dialogue :

Manohar : idu yaava pustaka ? Which book is this (prox.) ?

Gopal : idu kaadambari This is a novel

Manohar : idara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?

Gopal : idara hesaru Its name is Chirasmarane

cirasmaraNe

Manohar : idu yaara Whose novel is this ?

kaadambari ?

Gopal : idu niranjana avara This is Niranjana's novel

kaadambari

Manohar : idu ninna Is this your book ?

pustakaanaa ?

Gopal : alla. idu nanna No. It is not my book. It is

pustaka alla. idu my friend Ashok's book

nanna sneehita

aSoka avara pustaka

Manohar : adu yaara pennu ? Whose pen is that (rem.) ?

ninna pennaa ? Is it yours ?

Gopal : havdu. adu nanna Yes. It is my pen

pennu

Manohar : adara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?

Gopal : adara hesaru hiiro Its name is Hero


1.1 Dialogue :

Manohar : niinu yaarappa ? who are you (endearing) ?

Mohan : naanu aanand avara I am Anand's sonmaga

Manohar : ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ?

Mohan : nanna hesaru My name is Mohanmoohan

Manohar : ivanu yaaru ? ninna Who is he ? (Sg. non-hon.tammanna ? prox.) Is he your younger

brother ?

Mohan : alla. ivanu nanna No. He is not my youngertamma alla. ivanu brother. He is my eldernanna aNNa brother

Manohar : ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?

Mohan : ivana hesaru sureeS. His name is suresh.

Manohar : avanu yaaru ? Who is he (sg. non-hon.rem.) ?

Mohan : avanu nanna sneehita He is my friend

Manohar : avana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?

Mohan : avana hesaru raaju His name is Raju

Manohar : aa huDugi yaaru ? Who is that girl ?

Mohan : avaLu nanna tangi She (sg. non-hon. rem.) ismy younger sister

Manohar : avaLa hesaru eenu ? What is her name ?

Mohan : avaLa hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala

Manohar : ii huDugi yaaru ? Who is this girl ? Is sheninna tangiinnaa ? your younger sister ?

Mohan : alla. ivaLu nanna No. She is not my youngertangi alla. ivaLu sister. She is my eldernanna akka. sister

Manohar : ivaLa hesaru eenu ? what is her name ?

Mohan : ivaLa hesaru lalita Her name is Lalitha

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 idu yaava pustaka ? Which is this book ?

adu yaava kaaleeju ? Which is that college ?

2.2 idu kavana This is a poem

adu kathe That is a story

2.3 idara hesaru eenu ? What is its (prox.) name ?

adara hesaru eenu ? What is its (rem.) name ?

2.4 idu caduranga avara This is chaduranga's story

kathe

adu bhyrappa avara That is Bhyrappa's house

mane

2.5 idu ninna angiinaa ? Is it your shirt ?

adu avara maneenaa ? It it his (rem.) house ?

2.6 havdu. idu nanna pustaka Yes. this is my book

havdu. adu avara mane Yes. that is their house

2.7 alla. idu avara pennu alla No. This is not his/her pen

alla. adu nanna kaaru No. That is not my car

alla.

Lesson 2/9

2.8 niinu yaaru ? Who are you (non-hon.) ?

ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ?

2.9 ivanu yaaru ? Who is he ? (non.hon.prox.)

ivanu javaana He is servant

ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?

ivana hesaru nanjappa His name is Nanjappa

2.10 avaru yaaru ? Who is he (non-hon. rem) ?

avanu kaavalugaara He is a watchman

avana hesaru raamayya His name is Ramaiah

2.11 avaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem) ?

avaLu javaani She is servant ?

avaLa hesaru lakshmi Her name is Lakshmi

2.12 IvaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem.)?

ivaLu nanna tangi She is my younger sister

2.13 ivanu ninna tammaanaa ? Is he your younger brother ?

alla. ivanu nanna tamma No. He is not my younger

alla. ivanu nanna aNNa brother. He is my elder

brother

2.14 avaLu ninna akkaanaa ? Is she your elder sister ?

havdu. avaLu nanna akka Yes. she is my elder sister

3. Key to learners :

3.1 idu 'this' third person (neut. sg. prox.)

adu 'that' third person (neut. sg. rem.)

are introduced. These pronouns are used to denote all

non-human nouns.


idu kurchi This is a Chair

adu mara That is a tree

3.2 The neuter pronouns are extended by adding possessive marker - a

adu + a = adara 'its' (rem.)idu + a = idara 'its' (prox.)

Note that the additional of - ar - when the above neuter pronouns are used as possessive forms.

3.3 yes / no type of interrogation is obtained by adding - aa to the nouns. Note the combination

3.3.1 kaadambari + aa = kaadambariinaa (kaadambariyaa) mane + aa = maaneenaa (maneyaa) site + aa = siiteenaa (siiteyaa)

3.3.2 pennu + aa = pennaa (pennaa) avaru + aa = avaraa (avaraa)

3.3.3 maga + aa = magaanaa (maganaa) raama + aa = raamaanaa (raamanaa)

Kamala + aa = kamalaanaa (kamalaLaa)

Whenever = aa is added, the last vowel of the noun becomes long and it takes - n - as an addition in spoken form. The forms in the paranthesis represent the standard written form.

3.4 havdu 'yes' is an affirmitive answer to question. alla 'no' is negation. Note that we can also make questions using havdu and alla as havdaa ? and alvaa ?

3.5 niinu 'you' : second person (sg.)ivanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. prox.)


avanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. rem.)ivaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. prox.)avaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. rem.)

are introduced. aata, iita, aake, iike are also used as substitutes for avanu, ivanu, avaLu, ivaLu

3.6 The above pronouns are further extended by adding - a Possessive marker.

niinu + a = ninna 'your'ivanu + a = ivana 'his'avanu + a = avana 'his'ivaLu + a = ivaLa 'her'avaLu + a = avaLa 'her'

3.7 - appa is an addressive term used to address men who are strangers, intimates and subordinates. Femi - nine counterpart of this term is - amma

3.8 aa 'that' and ii 'this' are demonstrative adjectives. Note the difference between these adjectives and neut. pronouns.

adu mane 'that is house'aa mane 'that house'

4. Exercises :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using th appropriate word

4.1.1 idu niranjana avara ___________

4.1.2 indiraa gaandhi avara ________ raajiiva gaandhi

4.1.3 _______ hesaru cirasmaraNe

4.1.4 _______ adu nanna pustaka alla

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket.

4.2.1 adu _________ kaaru (avanu)

4.2.2 idu _________ aafiisu ? (yaaru)

4.2.3 avaLu ninna ________ ? (tangi)

4.2.4 _______ hesaru kaamaakshi (ivaLu)

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the Kannad equivalent of the English ones :

4.3.1 avaLu ___________ (girl)

4.3.2 savita nanna ________ (elder sister)

4.3.3 nimma ________ yaaru ? (elder brother)

4.3.4 nanna __________ kannaDa adhyaapaka (younger brother)

4.4 interrogate :

4.4.1 avanu vidyaarthi

4.4.2 adu pustaka

4.4.3 nanna raajya keeraLa

4.4.4 havdu. avanu nanna tamma

4.5 Translate into Kannada

4.5.1 Who are you ?

4.5.2 Is she your younger sister ?

4.5.3 Who is that girl ?

4.5.4 This boy is Satish's Son

4.5.5 Is it your booK ?

4.5.6 No. It is not my pen?

4.5.7 Which is your native place ?


4.6 Answer the following questions.

4.6.1 nimma uuru madaraasaa ?

4.6.2 aa huDuga nimma magaanaa ?

4.6.3 niranjana avara kaadambari yaavudu ?

4.6.4 nimma maatrubhaashe kannaDaanaa ?

5. Vocabulary :

akka 'elder sister'

adu 'that' (rem.)

adara 'its'

aNNa 'elder brother'

alla 'no' (negates the noun)

avaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. rem.)

avaLa 'her'

avanu 'he' (non. hon. sg. rem.)

avana 'his'

aa 'that'

idu 'this' (prox.)

idara 'its'

ivana 'his'

ivaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. prox.)

ivaLa 'her'

ii 'this'

kaadambari 'novel'

tangi 'younger sister'

tamma 'younger brother'

ninna 'your'

maga 'son'

pustaka 'book'

yaava 'which'

havdu 'yes'

huDugi 'girl'

LESSON - 3

1. Dialogue :

Raja : raamaayaNada naayaka Who is the hero of

yaaru ? Ramayana ?

Rani : raamaayaNada naayaka The hero of Ramayana is

Sriiraama Sri Rama

Raja : raama yaara maga ? Whose son is Sri Rama ?

Rani : avanu daSarathana maga He is the son of Dasharatha

Raja : raamana taayiya hesaru What is the name of

eenu ? Rama's mother ?

Rani : raamana taayiya hesaru Rama's mother name is

kavsalye Kausalye

Raja : raamana tammana What is the name of

hesaru eenu ? Rama's younger brother ?

Rani : raamana tammana hesaru Rama's younger brother's

lakshmaNa name is Lakshmana

Raja : raamana henDatiya What is the Rama's wife's

hesaru eenu ? name ?

Rani : raamana heNDatiya Rama's wife's name is

hesaru siite Sita

Raja : avaLu yaara magaLu ? Whose daughter is she ?

Rani : avaLu Janaka raajana She is the daughter of King

magaLu Janaka

Raja : raamana makkaLa What are the names of

hesaru eenu ? Rama's children ?

Rani : lava, kuSa Lava & Kusha

Raja : Lava hiri magaanoo ? Who is the eldest son ?

kusha hiri magaanoo ? It is Lava or Kusha ?

Rani : kusha hiri maga. lava Kusha is the eldest son.

kiri maga Lava is the youngest

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 karnaaTakada mukhya Who is Chief Minister of

mantri yaaru ? Karnataka ?

bhaaratada raajadhaani Which is the Capital of

yaavudu ? India ?

2.2 sumati raajuvina magaLu Sumati is Raju's daughteravanu ii guruvina Sishya He is the student of this

teacher2.3 raamana tandeya hesaru Rama's father's name is

daSaratha Dasharatha

nanna taayiya hesaru My mother's name iskamalamma Kamalamma

2.4 siiteya gaNDana hesaru Sita's husband's name israama Rama

avara magana hesaru His son's name is RaJivraajiiva

2.5 raamana makkaLa hesaru Rama's children's nameslava, kuSa are Lava and Kusha

Lesson 3/17

2.6 namma kaalejina hesaru The name of our college is

Mahaarajaa kaaleeju Maharaja's College

nimma uurina hesaru eenu ? What is the name of your

native place ?

2.7 avaLu raamaraayara hiri Is she Ramarao's elder

magaLoo kiri magaLoo ? daughter or younger

daughter ?


3.1 The possessive marker - a is added to nouns

3.1.1 bhaarata + a = bhaarataDa 'of India'

karnaaTaka + a = karnaa Takada 'of Karnataka'

Whenever possessive marker - a is added to neut

nouns ending with - a, it takes - d - as an

addition

Now add the - a to the following nouns :

mara 'tree' pustaka 'book'

giDa 'plant' sinima 'cinema'

dina 'day raajya 'state'

3.1.2 gaandhi + a = gaandhiya 'of Gandhi'

site = a = siiteya 'of Site'

whenever - a is added to nouns ending with - i or - e,

whether human or non-human, it takes - y - as an addition

Now added - a to the following nouns.


sose 'daughter in law' huli 'tiger'kathe 'story' kiTaki 'window'henDati 'wife' kurci 'chair'

3.1.3 when - a is added to - u ending neuter, nouns, final - u

drops and - in - is inserted.

kaaleeju + a = kaaleejina 'of college'

kaaDu + a = kaaDina 'of forest'

add, - a to following nouns

uuru 'native place' haavu 'snake'

bassu 'bus' pennu 'pen'

baagilu 'door' hengasu 'women'

There are some nouns which are exceptions to the above rule

hasu 'cow bandhu 'relative'

guru 'teacher' magu 'child'

karu 'calf' Satru 'enemy'

These nouns and the proper nouns ending in - u take - vin - as an

addition. Observe the following examples.

hasu + a = hasuvina

guru + a = guruvina

karu + a = karuvina

raaju + a = raajuvina

siitu + a = siituvina

3.1.4 The numerals ending with - u take - ar - as an increment

ondu + a = ondara 'of one'

hattu + a = hattara 'of ten'


Note that when magaLu and maakaLu added to - a

possessive from, final - u drops

magaLu + a = magaLa 'of daughter'

makkLu + a + makkaLa 'of children'

3.15 Human nouns ending with - a, when added to posses sive

marker take -n - as an addition.

maga + a = magana 'of son'

raama + a = raamana 'of Rama'

kamala + a = kamalana 'of Kamala'

akka + a = akkana 'of elder sister'

3.2 Dubitive marker is - oo. this is used to express doubt.

sanjay gaandhi indiraa gaandhiya hiri maganoo kiri

maganoo ?

avanu ninna aNNanoo tammanoo ?

adu avara manenoo ninna manenoo ?

3.3 Note that the kinship terms are used in this lesson

4. Exercises

4.1 fill in the blanks using the appropriate words

4.1.1 bhaaratada ___________ dehali

4.1.2 raamana ___________ siita

4.1.3 lava kuSa raamana __________

4.1.4 raajiiva gaandhiya ____________ firooj gaandhi

4.2 Fill in the blanks using Kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket

4.2.1 Saaliniya ___________ rajani (daughter)

4.2.2 nanna ____________ raajeSa (elder son)

4.2.3 raviya ____________ savita (wife)

4.2.4 sumana ___________ rama (mother)

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket

4.3.1 nimma __________ hesaru eenu ? (maga)

4.3.2 Saaliniya __________ mane yaavudu ? (sneehite)

4.3.3 _______ aNNa raajiiva (sanjaya)

4.3.3 _________ raajadhaani dehali (bhaarata)

4.4 Translate into Kannada :4.4.1 My mother's name is Sharada4.4.2 Who is her husband ?4.4.3 Arpita is my youngest daughter4.4.4 Rama Rao is my father's father

4.5 Trans form as per the model :

4.5.1 indiraa gaandhi ____ indiraa gaandhiya

rajani _________

ravi _________

naayi _________

kurci _________

tande _________

kathe _________

4.5.2 bhaarata ____ bhaaratada

deeSa __________

pustaka __________

mara __________

4.5.3 maga ___ magana

sanjaya __________

rameeSa __________

kamala __________

lalita __________

4.5.4 neharu ___ neharuvina

raamu __________

niilu __________

magu __________

hasu __________

guru __________

4.6 Give a brief introduction about your family


4.7.1 nimma makkaLa hesaru eenu ?

4.7.2 nimma heDatiya hesaru eenu ?

4.7.3 nimma tande / taayiya hesaru eenu ?

5. Vocabulary

makkaLu 'children'

magaLu 'daughter'

hiri maga 'eldest son'

heNDati 'wife'


LESSON - 4

1. Dialogue :

Ramu : Sriiraamapura oLLeya Is Shreeramapura a goodbaDaavaNeenaa ? extension ?

Suresh : alla. adu oLLeya No, It is not a goodbaDaavaNe alla. keTTa extension. It is a bad onebaDaavaNe

Ramu : oLLeya baDaavNe Which is the goodyaavudu ? extension ?

Suresh : banaSankari oLLeya Banashankari is a goodbaDaavaNe extension

Ramu : adu hosa Is it a new extension or anbaDaavaNeenoo old one ?haLeya baDaavaNeenoo ?

Suresh : adu haLeya baDaavaNe It is not an old one. It is aalla. hosa baDaavaNe new one

Ramu : adeenu doDDa Is it a big extension orbaDaavaNeenoo, small one ?cikka baDaavaNeenoo ?

Suresh : adu doDDa baDaavaNe It is a big extension

Ramu : adu entha baDaavaNe ? What type of exttensionSriimantara is that ? Is it a rich people'sbaDaavaNeenoo, extension or poor people'sbaDavara extension ?baDaavaNeenoo ?


Suresh ; adu tumbaa Sriimantara It is neither very richbaDaavaNeenu alla people's extension nortumbaa baDavara the extension of poorbaDaavaNeenuu alla

Suresh : adu tumbaa duuraanoohattiraanoo ? It is too far or nearby ?

Ramu : adu tumbaa duuraanuu It is neither too far, noralla, tumbaa hattiraanuu too nearbyalla

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 maysuuru oLLeya Mysore is a good city

nagara

rameeSa oLLeya Ramesha is a good boy

huDuga

moohan oLLeya Mohan is a good officer

adhikaari

2.2 adu keTTa pustaka That is a bad book

avanu keTTa huDuga He is a bad boy

adu keTTa uuru That is a bad place

2.3 adu entha pennu ? What kind of pen is that ?

adu oLLeya pennu That is a good pen

idu entha kadambari ? What kind of novel is this ?

idu keTTa kadambari This is a bad novel

avaLu entha naTi ? What kind of actress is she ?

avaLu keTTa naTi She is a bad actress

avanu oLLeya NaTa He is a good actor

Lesson 4/25

2.4 adu doDDa mane That is a big house

bengaLuuru doDDa Bangalore is a big city

paTTaNa

avaru doDDa He is a big/nobel man

manushyaru

2.5 adu cikka angaDi That is a small shop

idu saNNa kathe This is a short story

avaLu saNNa hengasu She is a small/mean woman

2.6 maysuuru aramane The Mysore palace is a

tumbaa doDDa aramane very big palace

avaru bahaLa oLLeya She is a very good teacher

adhyaapaki

adu tiiraa keTTa naayi That is a very bad dog

2.7 raama sumitreya Is Rama the son of

magaanoo ? kaikeyiya Sumitra or Kaikeyi ?

magaanoo ?

raama sumitreya Rama is the son of neither

magaanuu alla Sumitra nor Kaikeyi

Kaikeeyiya magaanuu He is the son of Kausalya

alla. avanu kausalyeya

maga

adu ninna pennoo Is it your pen or your

ninna tammana pennoo / younger brother's ?

adu nanna pennuu alla It is neither my pen nor

nanna tammana pennu my younger brother's It is

alla. nanna tangiya my younger sister's pen

pennu


3.1 OLLeya 'good', keTTa 'bad', hosa 'new', haleya 'old' are qualitative adjectives. doDDa 'big' cikka, saNNa 'small' are quantitative adjectives. These adjectives always precede nouns. doDDa and saNNa may refer to either the size of an object or the quality of a person.

adu doDDa mane

avanu doDDa manushya

3.2 Note that tumbaa, bahaLa and tiira, are the intensifiers. They always precede the adjectives

avanu tumbaa oLLeya manushya

3.3 - uu is a conjuctive marker which is used to co-ordinate two or more terms. If it is used with the subject along with 'alla', it gives the meaning 'neither,--nor !

avanu raviya aNNanuu alla, tammanuu alla

3.4 entha 'what type of' is a qualitative interorragative adjective.

4. Exercise :4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate word

4.1.1 adu ____________ sinimaa

4.1.2 bengaLuuru ____________paTTaNa

4.1.3 avanu nanna ____________ aNNa

4.1.4 avaLu nanna tammana ____________ magaLu

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words in the bracket

4.2.1reekhaa ____________ oLLeya naTi (very)


4.2.2 adu ____________ gaDiyaara (big)

4.2.3 adu tumbaa doDDa ____________ (extension)

4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences

4.3.1 mane

4.3.2 hosa

4.3.3 doDDa

4.3.4 entha

4.3.5 saNNa

4.4 Translate into kannada

4.4.1 It is a very good novel'

4.4.2 Whose story is this ?

4.4.4 Jayanagara is a good extension

4.4.5 It is a big city

4.4.6 It is a good old house


4.5.1 karnaaTakada raajadhaani yaavudu ?

4.5.2 nimma doDDa magana hesaru eenu ?

4.5.3 adu nimma haLeya manenooo hosa maneenoo ?

4.5.4 nimma baDaavaNeya hesaru eenu ?

4.5.5 nimma baDaavaNe do DDadaa ?

5. Vocabulary :

entha 'what type of'

oLLeya 'good'

keTTa 'bad'


LESSON - 5

1. Dialogue :

Swamy : nimmadu baaDige Is yours a rented house ?maneenaa ?

Ranga : alla. nannadu baaDige No. Mine is not a rentedmane alla. svanta mane house. It is my own

Swamy : mane hosadaa ? Is it a new house ?

Ranga : havdu. hosadu Yes. a new one

Swamy : doDDadaa ? Is it big ?

Ranga : swalpa doDDadu Some what big

Swamy : mane elli ide ? Where is the house ?

Ranga : Jayanagaradalli ide It is in Jayanagara

Swamy : alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for rent?baaDige mane ideyaa ?

Ranga : illa. yaavuduu illa no. There is none

Swamy : beere elliyaadaru Is there one, elsewhere ?ideyaa ?

Ranga : raajaaji nagaradalli ide There is one inRaajajinagar

Swamy : rajaaji nagara duura Raajaji nagar is far offbanaSankari hattira Banashankari is nearalli yaavuduu liva ? Is there not one ?

Ranga : illa No

cikka 'small'

doDDa 'big'

baDaavaNe 'extension'

saNNa 'small'

hattira 'near by'

haLeya 'old'

hosa 'new'

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :

aramane 'palace'

gaDiyaara 'watch / clock'

naTa 'Actor'

naTi 'Actress'

nagara 'city'

naayi 'dog'

paTTana 'city'

manushya 'man'

hengasu 'woman'


Swamy : raajaaji nagarada mane Whose house is the one in

yaaradu ? Raajajinagar ?

Ranga : nanna sneehitanadu It is my friend's

Swamy : elli ide ? Where is it ?

Ranga : navarang thiyeeTar It is near Navarang theatre

hattira ide

Swamy : gurutu eenaadaruu Is there any landmark ?

ideyaa ?

Ranga : mane munde navarang Navarang theatre is in front

thiyeTar ide. hinde of the house. Behind, there

ondu angaDi ide is a shop. There are coco-

maneya eDa pakkadalli nut trees on the left and

bala pakkadalli tengina right sides of the house

mara ide

Swamy : aa mane doDDadaa ? Is that a big house ?

Ranga : havdu. sumaaru Yes. fairly big

doDDadu

Swamy : nimma sneehita What kind of a man is your

enthavaru ? friend ?

Ranga : avanu tumbaa He is a very nice man

oLLeyavanu

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 aa mane nannadu That house is mine

ii pustaka avanadu This book is his

hosa kaaru ivaradu The new car is his / her's

2.2 aa huDugi nannavaLu That girl is mine

ii huDuga nannavanu This boy is mine

2.3 nanna SarTu hodadu My shirt is new

avaLa siire haLeyadu Her saree is old

avara kaaleeju doDDadu Their college is big

avana rummu cikkadu His room is small

2.4 nimma cappali hosadaa ? Are your Chappals new ?aa sinimaa haLeyadaa ? Is that film old ?ii saykallu oLLeyadaa ? Is this Cycle good ?

2.5 mane jayanagaradalli ide The house is in Jayanagarnaayi maneyalli ide The dog is in the houseaane kaaDinalli ide The elephant is in the

forestbassinalli jaaga ide, There is space in the buskarnaaTakadalli cinnada There is gold mine ingaNi ide Karnataka

2.6 nimma kaaleju elli ide ? Where is your college ?avara haasTelu elli ide ? Where is his/her hostel ?gaNeeSana angaDi elli Where is Ganesh's shop ?ide ?

2.7 pustaka alli ide The book is theresigareeT illi ide The cigarette is here

2.8 avara hattira benki There is a box of matchespaTTaNa ide with himavara mane munde There is a hospital in frontaaspatre ide of his/her house


2.9 meejina meela pustaka ide There is book on the table.

mancada keLage

peTTige ide

2.10 aa pustaka nanna That book is my friend's

sneehitanadu

ii siire siiteyadu This saree is Site's

ii hosa SarTu raamanadu This new shirt is Rama's

2.11 alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for

baaDige mane ideyaa ? rent ?

nimma hattira is there any story book

yaavudaadaruu kathe with you ?

pustaka ideyaa ?

illi elliyaadaruu angaDi Is there any shop near by ?

ideyaa ?

2.12 kannaDa adhyaapaki What kind of a lady is the

enthavaru ? Kannada teacher ?

aa huDuga enthavanu ? What kind of a boy is he ?

ninna sneehite kamala What kind of a person is

enthavaLu ? your friend Kamala ?

2.13 kannaDa adhyaapaki The Kannada

oLLeyavaru teacher (fem.) is good

aa huDaga keTTavanu That boy is bad

nanna sneehite Kamala My friend Kamala is a

oLLeyavaLu good person


3.1 Note the predicative forms in Kannada

3.1.1 Noun predicatives : They are formed by adding the third

person neut. pronouns - adu, - avu to the possessive nouns

raamana + adu = raamanadu

raamana + avu = raamanavu

note the deletion of - a

3.1.2 Pronoun predicatives : They are obtained by the addition of third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the possessive pronouns.

nanna + avanu = nannavanu

nanna + avaLu = nannavaLu

nanna + avu = nannavu

adara + adu = adaradu

idara + adu = idaradu

3.1.3 Adjectival predicatives : They are obtained by adding third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the adjectives.

doDDa + avanu = doDDavanu

chikka + avaLu = cikkavaLu

oLLeya + avaru = oLLeyavaru

keTTa + adu = keTTadu

keTTA + avu = keTTavu

observe that these predicative forms can never be used before nouns. (However they, can also be used as subjects of sentences like nannadu haLeya mane)

The possessive forms of the human nouns are used in the rare context. Whereas the neuter nouns are used frequently to express the possession. Whenever the predicative form is used the denotative adjective is used. Observe the following sentences.


IvaLu nanna magaLu 'She is my daughter'

ii magu nannadu 'She is my child'

idu nanna mane 'This is my house'

ii mane nannadu 'This house is mine'

3.2 When the interrogative marker - aa is added to predicative form, final - u drops

hosadu + aa = hosadaa

3.3 -alli is the locative case marker, which denotes the location

mane + alli = maneyalli 'in the house'

bengaLuuru + alli = bengaLuurinalli 'in Bangalore

The changes are the same as in possessive form, when added to different types of nouns (ref. L. No. 3)

3.4 Post position like

munde 'in front of'

hinde 'behind'

bala pakka 'right side'

eDa pakka 'left side'

meele 'above'

keLage 'below'

are also location denoters. Observe that these post positions always follow nouns.

maneya munde 'in front of the house'

meejina meele 'on the table'

Where as in English they always precede.

3.5 Note that by adding - aadaruu to

elli 'where'

yaaru 'who'

eenu 'what'

yaake 'why'

heege 'how

the following forms are obtained.

elliyaadaruu 'somewhere/any where'

yaaraadaruu 'some one'

eenaadaruu 'something'

yaakaadaruu 'for some reason'

heegaadaruu 'somehow'

3.6 ide means 'to be' used to denote to the existence of neuter noun. The corresponding negation for ide is illa

4. Exercise :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words :

4.1.1 aa kiTaki _____________

4.1.2 nimma mane _____________ ide ?

4.1.3 nimma Saleya _____________ eenu ?

4.1.4 nanna _____________ kannaDi ide

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket

4.2.1 avara maneya ____________ citra mandira ide. (behind)

4.2.2 idu _____________ mane (rented)

4.2.3 ivaLu nanna _____________ magaLu (own)

4.2.4 mane _____________ ide (a little far)

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket

4.3.1 avara mane __________ ide (saraswatipura)

4.3.2 nimma uuru __________ ? (doDDa)

4.3.3 ii SarTu nanna _________ (sneehita)

4.3.4 namma mane __________ angaDi ide (pakka)

4.4 Transform the following as per the model

4.4.1 Model : cikka - cikkadu

Transorm : oLLeya __________

keTTa ___________

hosa ____________

haLeya __________

yaava ___________

4.4.2 Model : niivu - nimmadu

Transform : naanu __________

avanu __________

avaLu __________

avaru __________

adu ____________

4.4.3 Model : sneehita -- sneehitanadu

Transform : Kamala __________

raama ___________

aNNa ___________

akka ____________


4.4.4 Model : ravi -- raviyadu

Transform : taayi __________

mane __________

naayi __________

rajani __________

4.4.5 Model : Jayanagara -- jayanagaradalli

Transform : pustaka __________

mane ____________

jaalahaLLi _______

uuru ____________

4.4.6 Model : raamu -- raamuvindau

Transfer : veeNu __________

hasu ____________

magu ___________

guru ____________

4.5 Transform according to the model

Model : T : adu doDDa mane

S : aa mane doDDadu

Transform

4.5.1 adu cikka pustaka

4.5.2 idu hosa sthaLa

4.5.3 adu haLeya uuru

4.5.4 adu nanna tangiya mane

4.5.5 adu aa hasuvina karu

4.5.6 adu entha mane ?



4.6.1 Mysore is a big city

4.6.2 There is a shop behind my house

4.6.3 That book is kamala's

4.6.4 My book is in my house

4.6.5 Where is your dog ?


4.7.1 nimma mane elli ide ?

4.7.2 nimmadu swanta maneenoo baaDige maneenoo ?

4.7.3 nimma mane gurutu eenu ?

5. Vocabulary

eDa pakka 'left side'

elli 'where'

gurutu 'identification / land mark'

tengina mara 'coconut tree'

duura 'far off'

bala pakka 'right side'

baaDige 'rent'

mane 'house'

munde 'in front of'

swanta 'own'

swalpa 'a little'

hattira 'near'

hinde 'behind'

5.1 Supplementary vocabuary

aane 'elephant'

kannaDi 'mirror'

kaaDu 'forest'

kaaleeju 'college'

kiTaki 'window'

gaNi 'mines'

cappali 'chappals'

cinna 'gold'

jaaga 'place'

peTTige 'box'

benki paTTaNa 'match box'

ruumu 'room'

saykallu 'cycle'

siire 'saree'

SarTu 'shirt'

Lesson 6/41

LESSON - 6

1. Dialogue :

Shiva : ondu kg. badanekaayige What is the price of a kiloeashTu bele ? of brinjals ?

tarakaari vyaapaari : It is eight and a half rupeesondu kg. badanee for one kilo of brinjalskaayige enTuvareruupaayi

Shiva : nimma angaDiyalli bele Rates are high in yourjaasti shop

t.v. : illa saar. iiga habbada No Sir. This is festivalsiisannu. ella tarakaari season. The prices of allbeleenuu jaasti vegetables are high

Shiva : ardha kg. TomyaaToo How much for a half kiloshaNNige eshTu ? of tomatoes ?

t.v. : hattu kaalu ruupayi Ten and quarter rupees

Shiva : TomyaaToo bele ashTu Is the rate of tomatoes sojaastiinaa ? high ?

t.v. : havdu saar, Yes sir, There are nomaarkeTTinalli tomatoes in the marketTomyaaToo haNNe illa

Shiva : aa kumbaLakaayige How much is thateshTu ? pumpkin ?

t.v. : doDDadakkoo The big one or small one ?cikkadakkoo ?

shiva : doDDadakke eshTu How much is the big one ?cikkadakke eshTu ? How much is the small

one ?

t.v. : doDDakke eeLu Seven rupees for the bigruupaayi. cikkadakke one. four rupees for thenaalku ruupaayi small one

Shiva : doDDadu kaDme ilvaa ? Nothing less for the bigone ?

t.v. : illa saar. ellaa taaja No sir. It is all fresh stuffmaalu. ondee bele Fixed prices

Shiva : kooLi moTTege eshTu ? How much are eggs ?

t.v. : kooLi moTTege ondu one rupee seventy paiseruupaayi eppattu paise each

Shiva : kottumbari soppu ? coriander (leaves) ?

t.v. : ondu kantege ayvattu It is fifty paise a bunchpaise

1.1 Dialogue

Postmaster : nimage eenu beeku ? What do you want ?

Shankara : nange aydu inlyaanD I want five inland letters

leTer beeku. ondu How much is an inland

inlyaanD leTerge letter ?

eshTu ?

P.M. : ondakke eraDu It is two rupees each.ruupaayi. aameele What else do you wanteenu beeku saar ? sir ?

Shankara : envelap ideyaa ? Do you have envelopes ?

P.M. : illa saar. envelap No sir. There is no stock ofsTaak illa. sTyamp envelopes. Stamps areide available

Shankara : muuru ruupaayiyadu I want six stamps of threeaaru sTyamp beeku rupees. Seven stamps ofhattu paiseedu eeLu ten paisesTyamp beeku

P.M. : inneenu beeku saar ? What else do yout want sir ?

Shankara : hanneraDu kaarD I want twelve cards

P.M. : inneenuu beeDvaa ? Don't you want anything ?

Shankara : beeDa No. I don'g want

P.M. : yaarige saar To whom are all theseishTondu kaarDu ? cards sir ?

Shankara : naalku nanna Four for my friend, five sneehitanige, aydu for my younger sisternanna tangi Kamala and three for mekamalnige, muutunanage

2. Pattern drill ;

2.1 nimma manege baaDige How much is the rent for

eshTu ? your house ?

bengaLuurige bas How much is the bus fare

caarju eshTu ? to Bangalore


2.2 ondu kilo huruLikaayige It is eight rupees for a kiloenTu ruupaayi of beans

aa pustakakke muuru It is three rupees for thatruupaayi Book

tenginakaayi eraDakke It is twelve rupees for twohanneraDu ruupaayi coconuts

2.3 avanige eenu beeku ? What does he want ?nanage ondu capaati I want a chapatibeeku

ninage eshTu doose How many dosas do youbeeku ? want ?

avarige hannondu He wants eleven rupees.ruupaayi beeku

avaLige eenuu beeDa She does'nt want anything

2.4 siitege aa siire Does'nt Sita wants thatbeeDvaa ? saree ?

rajanige hattu ruupaayi Does Rajani want tenbeekaa ? rupees ?

raamanige ippattu Rama wants twentyruupaayi beeku rupees

aa kaaleejige oLLeya That college has a goodhesaru ide name

nimma uurige eshTu How many Kilometers tokilomiiTar ? your home town ?

3. Key to learners :3.1 The use of dative marker is as follows - (i) ge, - age and

- akke are the dative case markers. the function of the dative is to denote the direction.

beneficiary, recipient or even sometimes possessor of objects or qualities.

The use of dative marker is as follows

3.1.1 -- (i) ge

3.1.1.1 --u ending neuter nouns, - a ending human nounsand third person human Pronouns take - ige asdative

kaaleeju + ige = kaaleejige 'to the college'

uuru + ige = uurige 'to the native place'

bassu + ige = bassige 'to the bus'

raama + ige = raamanige 'to Rama'

tamma + ige = tammanige 'to younger brother'

sarasa + ige = sarasanige 'to Sarasa'

avanu + ige = avanige 'to him'

avaLu + ige = avaLige 'to her'

avaru + ige = avarige 'to them'

3.1.1.2 All categories of nouns ending in - i and - e take -ge as dative

sumati + ge = Sumatige 'to Sumati'

raadhe + ge = raadhege 'to Radha'

mane + ge = manege 'to house'

naayi + ge = naayige 'to dog'

tarkaari + ge = tarkaarige 'to vegetable'


3.1.2 First and second person pronouns take - age as dative

nannu + age = nanage 'to me'

naavu + age = namage 'to us'

niinu + age = ninage 'to you' (sg)

niivu + age = nimage 'to you' (pl. + hon.)

3.1.3 Neuter nouns ending in - a, third person neuter pronouns and numerals take - akke as dative

mara + akke = marakke 'to tree'

kaagadda + akke = kaagadakke 'to the paper'

adu + akke = adakke 'to that'

ondu + akke = ondakke 'to one'

nuuru + akke = nuurakke 'to one hundred'

3.2 Numerals are introduced

ondu 'one' aaru 'six'

eraDu 'two' eeLu 'seven'

muuru 'three' enTu 'eight'

naalku 'four' ombattu 'nine'

aydu 'five' hattu 'ten'

are basic numerals.

These numerals can be further developed by addition and multiplication.

hattu + ondu = hannondu 'eleven'

hattu + eraDu = hanneraDu 'twelve'

hattu + mooru = hadimuuru 'thirteen'

hattu + naalku = hadinaalku 'fourteen'


hattu + aydu = hadinaydu 'fifteen'

hattu + aaru = hadinaaru 'sixteen'

hattu + eeLu = hadineeLu 'seventeen'

hattu + enTu = hadineNtu 'eighteen'

hattu + ombattu = hattombattu 'ninteen'

hattu + hattu = ippattu 'twenty'

Note that the numerals from eleven to nineteen (as in english !) have slightly irregular forms and as in English again numerals from twenty onwards are expressed as multiples of ten plus basic numerals.

ippattu + ondu = ippattondu 'twenty one'

ippattu + eraDu = ippatteraDu 'twenty two'

every multiple of ten is expressed by adding the word for ten to a basic number.

muuru x hattu = muuvattu 'thirty'

naalku x hattu = nalvattu 'forty'

aydu x hattu = ayvattu 'fifty'

aaru x hattu = aravattu 'sixty'

eeLu x hattu = eppattu 'seventy'

enTu x hattu = embattu 'eighty'

ombattu x hattu = tombattu 'ninety'

hattu x hattu = nuuru 'hundred'

number above hundred can be similarly derived.

nuura ondu 'hundred and one'

nuura hattu 'hundred and ten'

The possessive marker - a is added to the first numeral. Observe the following examples.

aydu nuura hattu 'five hundred and ten'

ondu saavirada eraDu 'one thousand two'

3.3 beeku 'want' and its corresponding negation beeda 'do not want' are also introduced. Note that beeku and beeda are always obligatorily used with dative subject.

nanage kaafi beeku 'I want coffee'

raajanige niiru beeDa 'Raju doesn't want water'

3.4 eshTu 'how much' is a quantitative interrogative word (either adjective or pronoun). It covers both 'how many' and 'how much'

4. Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words

4.1.2 nimma angaDiyalli savtekaayi ________ ?

4.4.2 avaLige inneenu ____________

4.1.3 saroojana vayassu ____________?

4.1.4 ____________ ondu kantege hattu paise.


4.2.1 nanage ondu kilo ____________ beku. (brinjal)

4.2.2 ella saamaaniguu ____________ jaasti (price)

4.2.3 __________ ondakke ondu ruupaayi ayvattu paise (egg)

4.2.4 avarige iDLi saambaar ____________ (not wanted)


4.3.1 _________ eenu beeku ? (niivu)

4.3.2 doDDa _________ eshTu ? (kumbaLakaayi)

4.3.3 _________ aaru sTyaamp. (hannerDu ruupaayi)

4.3.4 savteekaayi _________ ? (illa)

4.4. Transform the following according to the model

4.4. Model : beenDeekaayi __________benDeekaayige

maalini__________

ravi__________

naadini __________

Siite __________

mane __________

atte __________

savteekaayi __________

4.4.2 Model : baaLee haNNu ______ baaLee haNNige

kottambari soppu __________

kaalu __________

magaLu __________

avanu __________

avaLu __________

avaru __________

4.4.3 Model : cikkadu _________ cikkadakke

doDDadu ___________

ondu __________

eraDu __________


aaru _________

adu __________

4.4.4 Model : naanu _______ nanage

niinu ________

niivu ________

4.4.5 Model : raaju ________ raajuvige

raaamu ________

hasu ________

guru ________

sarayu ________

karu ________

4.4.6 Model : kamala ________ kamalanige

aSooka ________

vinuta ________

maga ________

bhaava ________

4.5 Translate the following into kanndad :

I want a cup of coffee

What is the rent for your house ?

Anitha does not want brinjal

What else do you want ?

How much is the big pumpkin ?

4.6 Use the following in sentences of your own :

aydu jaasti kaDime aameele

4.7 Answer the following questions :

nimage eenu beeku ?

savitana siirege eshTu rupaayi ?

nimma magaLige habbakke hosa langa beeDvaa ?

nimage sambaLa eshTu ?

5. Vocabulary :

aameele 'after wards'

inneenu 'what else'

eshTu 'how much'

kaDime 'less'

kante 'bundle / bunch'

kottumbari soppu 'coriander leaves'

'greens' (vegetables)

kooLimoTTe 'egg'

jaasti more / too much'

ToomyaaTo 'tomato'

tarkaari 'vegetable'

taaja maalu 'fresh stuff'

badanekaayi 'brinjal'

bele 'cost / price'

habba 'festival'


kaalu 'leg'

baaLe haNNu 'plantain'

benDekaayi 'lady's finger'


vayassu 'age'

saamaanu 'things / articles'

savtekaayi 'cucumber'

huraLikaayi 'beans'

Lesson 7/53

LESSON - 7

1. Dialogue :

Kamala : ivattu eshTanee taariiku ? What is the date today ?

Sheela : ivattu hannondanee Today is the eleventhtaariiku

Kamala : naaLe hanneraDanee Tomorrow is twelthtaariiku, mangaLavaara Tuesday. It is a holidaynamage raja for us

Sheela : yaake ? Why ?

Kamala : naaLe namma kaaleejina Tomorrow is the annualvaarshikootsava day of our college

Sheela : mukhya atithi yaaru ? Who is the chief guest ?

Kamala : mukhya atithi The chief guest isDr. sarvajna Dr. sarvajna

Sheela : nimma kaaleeju Is your college a big one?doDDa kaalejaa ?

Kamala : havdu. tumbaa doDDa Yes. It is a very bigkaaleeju college

Sheela : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye What is the number ofeshTu ? students ?

Kamala : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye The number of students isondu saavirada innuuru one thousand two hundred

Sheela : vidyaarthigaLu eshTu How many men students ?jana ? vidyaarthiniyaru How many womeneshTu jana ? students ?

Kamala : vidyaarthigaLu enTu Men are eight hundrednuuru. vidyaarthiniyaru Women are four hundred.naanuuru

Sheela : adhyaapakaru eshTu What is the strength of jana ? teachers ?

Kamala : naavu adhyaapakaru We are sixty teachersaravattu jana

Sheela : adhyaapakiyaru ? Lady teachers ?

Kamala : avaru hattu jana They are ten

Sheela : nimma kaaleejinalli How many rooms are thereeshTu ruumugaLu ive ? in your college ?

Kamala : ippattaydu ruumugalu There are twenty fiveive rooms

1.1 Dialogue

Ravi : nimage eshTu jana How many children havemakkalu ? you ?

Ranga : naalku jana Four children

Ravi : heNNu makkaLu eshTu How many daughters ?jana ? gaNDu makkaLu How many sons ?eshTu jana ?

Ranga : gaNDu makkaLu Three sons and onemuuvaru. heNNu magaLu daughterobbaLu

Ravi : gaNdu makkaLu In which class are theeshTanee klaasu sons ?

Lesson 7/5554/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Ranga : modalaneyavanu B.A The first one is in firstmodalaneya varsha year B.A. Two are inibbaru hayskuulu high school. The daughtermagaLu hyskuulu in the last year of Highkonee varsha school

2. Pattern drill :2.1 ivattu soomavaara Today is Monday

ivattu ippattondaneya Today is twenty first (oftaariiku the month)

naaLe mangaLavaara Tomorrow is Tuesday

naaLe ippatteraDaneya Tomorrow is twentytaariiku second

ninne bhaanuvaara Yesterday was Sunday

ninne ippattaneya Yesterday was twentiethtaariiku

naaDiddu budhavaara The day after tomorrow isWednesday

naaDiddu ippattamuura The day after tomorrow is neya taariiku twenty third

monne Sanivaara The day before yesterdaywas Saturday

aace naaDiddu guru Two days after tomorrowvaara is Thursday

aace naaDiddu ippatta Two days after tomorrownaalkaneya taariiku is twenty fourth

aace monne Sukravaara Two days beforeyesterday was Friday

aace monne hadineeLa Two days before yesterdayneya taariiku was seventeenth

2.2 Srii raama daSarathana Sri Rama was Dasharatha'smodalaneya maga first son

lakshmaNa muuraneya Lakshmana was the thirdmaga son

bharata eraDaneya maga Bharata was the second son

2.3 ivaatu eshTaneya taariiku What is the date today ?

nimma magaLu In which class youreshTaneya klaasu ? daughter is ?

Srii raama daSarathana What (rank) son was RamaeshTaneya maga ? to Dasharatha ?

2.4 adu ondu pustaka That is a book

avu eraDu pustakagaLu Those are two books

ivu naalku pennugaLu These are four pens

ii aydu naayigaLu These five dogs are oursnammavu

2.5 avanu obba huDuga He is a boynaavu ibbaru We are two students

vidyaarthigaLunamma maneyalli eraDu There are two cats in ourbekkugaLu ive. house

avaru muuvaru kannaDa Those three are Kannadavidyaarthiniyaru students (fem)

ivaru naalku jana nanna These four are my youngertammandiru brothers

paaNDavaru ayvaru Pandavas were fivemembers

draupadiya ganDandiru Draupadi's husbands wereaydu jana five in numberavaru ibbaru namma Those two are our servants.aaLugaLu

2.6 iiga hattu gaNTe Now it is ten o' clock

hanneraDu gaNTege It is fifteen minutes to hadinaydu nimisha ide twelve

iiga eraDuuvare gaNTe Now, it is half past two

hannondu mukkaalu The class is at quarter togaNTege klaasu ide twelve

ninage ombattu Do you want coffee at mukkaalu gaNTege quarter to ten ?kkafi beekaa ?

3. Key to Learners :

3.1 The basic numerals are further extended by adding -aneya anee, resulting the numeral adjectives

ondu + aney = ondaneya 'first'

hattu + aneya = hattaneya 'tenth'

nuuru + aneya = nuuraneya 'hundredth'

eshTu also takes aneya /anee and forms the corresponding ordinal interrogation

eshTu + aneya = eshTaneya

anee is the colloquial form of aneya

3.2 The plural markers are introduced. There are three plural markers -andiru, - aru and - gaLu

3.2.1 - andiru is used with relative nouns ending with - a.

anna + andiru = annandiru 'elder brothers'

bhaava + andiru = bhaavandiru 'brothers - in - law'

akka + andiru = akkandiru 'elder sisters'

3.2.2 -aru is used with other human nouns

adhyaapaka + aru = adhyaapakaru 'teachers'

vidyarthini + aru = vidyaarthiniyaru 'girl students'

soase + aru = soseyaru 'daughters - in - law'

3.2.3 -gaLu is used with other neuter nouns

mara + gaLu = maragaLu 'trees'

kurci + gaLu = kurcigaLu 'chairs'

dina + gaLu = dinagaLu 'days'

varsha + gaLu = varshagaLu 'years'

hasu + gaLu = hasugaLu 'cows'

There are few human nouns which take - gaLu as plural marker. But they are exceptional cases.

manti + gaLu = mantrigaLu 'ministers'

guru + gaLu = gurugaLu 'teachers'

vidyaarthi + gaLu = vidyaarthigaLu 'students'

3.3 naavu 'we' first person plural pronoun

3.4 Note, how the basic numerals change into human numerals before a human nounadu ondu mara 'that is a tree'avanu obba huDuga 'He is a boy'


in the same wayeraDu > ibbaru 'two persons'muuru > muuvaru 'three persons'naalku > naalvaru 'four persons'aydu > ayvaru 'five persons'

- aru is not added after five. But from three onwards jana 'person' is the frequent use. Thus the form is,

muuru jana 'three members'

hattu jana 'ten members'

nuuru jana 'hundred members'

jana is also used with eshTu

3.5 Note the use of numerals above thousand

ondu saavirad nuura hattu

'one thousand hundred and ten'

Here saavira takes the possessive marker - a and when nuuru is followed by any numeral, the form used is nuura

nuura enTu 'hundred and eight'saavirada ombynuura nalavatteeLu'One thousand nine hundred and forty seven'

3.6 Srii raama eshTaneya maga ?

The literal translation of the above question is not possible in English. It is a question which anticipates an answer in the forms of an ordinal such as first, second, etc. It can only be translated as non-existent English form ' How manyth ?

4. Exercise :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words

4.1.1 ivattu ____________ taariiku ?

4.1.2 bhaanuvaara namage ____________

4.1.3 ravige ____________ makkaLu ?

4.1.4 samaarambhada ____________ Dr. paTTanaayak


4.2.1 nanage ____________ magaLu (one)

4.2. maadhaviya ____________ maga yaava klaasu ? (first)

4.2.3 sureeSana maneyalli ________________ ruumugaLu ive (fifteen)

4.2.4 Saalinige ____________ tangiyaru (two)

4.2.5 idu ____________ mane (our)

4.3 Change the following according to the model :

4.3.1 Model : ondu ---- ondaneya

Change : eraDu ______

eshTu

modalu ______

4.3.2 Model : vidyaarthi --- vidyaarthigaLu

Change : mantri _______

aaLu _________

aaspatre _______

mara _________


4.3.3 Model : vidyaarthini --- vidyaarthiniyaru

Change huDugi _________

atte ____________

tangi ___________

huDuga _________

adhyaapaka ______

4.3.4 Model : aNNa _______ aNNandiru

change akka _________

tamma _________

bhaava _________

appa ___________

4.4 Change into Interrogative using the underlined word

4.4.1 ivattu guruvaara

4.4.2 naaLe hattanee taariiku

4.4.3 nanage naalku jana makkaLu

4.4.4 ravige aydu ruupaayi beeku ?

4.4.5 avaLa hesaru Liilaa

4.4.6 adu maalatiya mane

4.4.7 avara maatru bhaashe telugu alla


4.5.1 What day is to day ?

4.5.2 My daughter's birthday is on 10th October

4.5.3 We have two houses in Bangalore

4.5.4 What is the strength of your class ?

4.5.5 How many daughters do you have ?

4.6 Answer the following question

4.6.1 nimma magana / magaLa pariikshe yaavaaga ?

4.6.2 nimage eshTu jana tangiyaru / tammandiru ?

4.6.3 naaLe nimage rajaanaa ?

4.6.4 niivu obbanee / obbaLee / magaLaa maganaa ?

5. Vocabulary :

ivattu 'today'

gaNDu makkaLu 'sons'

janma dina 'birthday'

taariiku 'date'

naaLe 'tomorrow'

mangaLavaara 'Tuesday'

mukhya atithi 'chief guest'

raja 'holiday'

vaarshikootsva 'annual day'

sankhye 'number'

heNNu makkaLu 'daughters / girl's

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary

aaLu 'servant'

gaNTe 'hours/time, bell'

guruvaara 'Thursday'

nimisha 'minute'

bekku 'cat'

budhavaara 'Wednesday'

bhaanuvaara 'Sunday'


soomavaara 'Monday'

Sanivaara 'Saturday'

Sukravaara 'Friday'

LESSON - 8

1. Dialogue :

BaTTe vyaapaari : eenu beeku saar ? What do you want sir ?

Ramesh : nange SarTige I want cloth for shirtspyaaNTige baTTe beeku and pants

b.v. : yaaava baTTe beeku Which cloth do you wantsaar ? sir ?

Ramesh : SarTige paaliyesTar Ployester for shirts andpyaaNTige Terivul beeku terriwool for pants

b.v. : SarTige Yaava What colour would you bannabeku? want for Shirt Sir?

Ramesh : yaava yaava baNNa ide ? What colours do youhave ?

b.v. : kempu, biLi, nilli Red, white, blue, yellowhaLadi ella ide we have all these

Ramesh : kempu beeDa. adu nange I don't want red. I don'tishTa illa, nilli nange like it. I like blueishTa

b.v. : eshTu beeku saar ? How much do you wantsir ?

Ramesh : eraDu miiTar beeku ? I want two meters

b.v. : SarTige eraDu miiTar Two meters isn't enoughsaalalla for shirt Sir ?

Ramesh : nanage eraDu miiTar Two meters are enoughsaaku for me


b.v. : pyaaNTige yava baNNa Which colour do youbeeku saar ? want for pants sir ?

Ramesh : pyaaNTige kappu beeku I want black for pants

b.v. : biLiidu beeDavaa saar ? Don't you want whitereemaanDs ide one sir ? Raymonds is

available

Ramesh : beeDa. kariide beeku No. I want black only

b.v. : sari saar Allright sir

Ramesh : nimmalli sveTar ilva ? Don'g you have sweaters ?

b.v. : illa saar. namdee No sir. We have anotherinnondu angaDi ide. alli shop of our own. WesveTar ide have sweaters there.

Ramesh : nimma aa angaDi elli Where is that shop of ide ? yours ?

b.v. : nimage vaasavi klaat Do you know VasavisenTar gottaa ? Cloth Centre ?

Ramesh : illa gottilla No. I don't know

b.v. : sangam thiyeeTar Do you know Sangamgottaa ? theatre ?

Ramesh : havdu, gottu Yes. I know

b.v. : adara pakkadalli ide It is beside that

2. Pattern drill :2.1 aa biLi SarT yaaradu ? Whose that white shirt is ?

ii hasiru langa nannadu This green skirt is mine

ii kempu pennina bele What is the cost of this redeshTu ? pen ?

nanage kappu karcif I don't want a black handbeeDa kerchief

raamanige nilli baaNNa Rama wants blue colourbeeku

rajanige haLadi siire ishTa Rajani likes yellow saree

aa gooDeya baNNa biLi The colour of that wall is white

avara kaarina baNNa teLu The colour of her/his car isniili light blue

Avana Saykal Kaaduniilii His cycle is dark blue.

2.2 ravige kathe pustaka ishTa Ravi likes story books

rajanige kathe pustaka Rajani doesn't like storyishTa illa books

avaLige capaati ishTa illa She doesn't like chapatisnange uppinakaayi ishTa I like pickles

2.3 nimage liDoo taakiis Do you know Lido talkies?gottaa ?

raamanige raavaNa Does Rama know Ravana?gottaa ?

lalitanige hindi sinimaa Does Lalitha like HindiishTaana ? films ?

ivarige kannaDa sinimaa Does'nt he/she likeishTa ilvaa ? Kannada films ?

avaLige hattu ruupaayi Does she want ten rupees ?beekaa ?

nimage kaafi beeDvaa ? Don't you want coffee ?


ivarige ardha kap kaafi Is half cup of coffeesaakaa ? enough for him / her ?

naayige ondu kap haalu Isn't a cup of milk enoughsaalalvaa ? for the dog ?

2.4 nanage maalini gottu I know Malini

avrige raviindra They know Ravindrakalaaksheetra gottu Kalakshetra

huDugarige vidhaana The boys know the way tosaudhada daari gottu Vidhana Soudha

ivarige hindi gottu He/she knows Hindi

manooharge kannaDa Manohar does'nt knowgottilla Kannada

nanage prajaavaaNi I don't know the editor ofsampaadakaru gottilla Prajavani

2.5 bhiimanige aydu doose Five dosas are enough forsaku Bhima

kubeerappanige tingaLige Ten rupees will behattu ruupaayi saaku sufficient for Kuberappa

for a month

nanage dinakke ippatta Twenty four hours a daynaalku gaNTe saalalla is not sufficient for me

avanige tingaLige aynuuru A salary a five hundredruupaayi sambaLa saalalla rupees a month is not

sufficient for him

2.6 aa angaDiyalli akki ide There is rice in that shop.it angaDiyalli pustaka illa There are no books in this

shop

nanna hattira oLLeya There is a good pen withpennu ide me

avara maneyalli There is no clock in his /gaDiyaara illa her house


3.1 The basic colour adjectives are :

biLi 'white'

kapu/kari 'black'

kempu 'red'

hasiru 'green'

haLadi 'yellow'

niili 'blue'

by adding - adu to the colour adjectives predicative forms

can be obtained

biLi + adu = biLiyadu 'white one'kempu + adu = kempadu 'red one'

3.2 beeku 'want'

ishTa 'like'

saaku 'enough'

gottu 'know'

are model or defective verbs. These verbs do not take tenseand personal markers like regular verbs

beeDa 'do not want'

ishTa illa 'do not like'

saalalla 'not enough'

gottilla 'do not know'


are the corresponding negative forms of the above said defective verbs. Note that all these verbs obligatorily take dative subject.

nanage tiNDi beeku 'I want tiffin'

avaLige hattu ruupaayi 'Ten rupees will not be

saalalla sufficient for her'

3.3 illa negates the verb. Compare this with alla, which negates noun.

ninna hattira pennu ideyaa ?

illa. nanna hattira pennu illa

adu ninna pennaa ?

alla, adu nanna tammana pennu

4. Exercises :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words :

4.1.1 nanage _________ baNNa ishTa

4.1.2 nimage nanna tande _________ ?

4.1.3 avaLige sangiita tumbaa _________

4.1.4 nanage ninna sahavaasa khaNDita _________

4.1.5 raajuvige iiga kathe pustaka _________

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equlivalents of the English words given in the bracket :

4.2.1 adu ________ siire (green)

4.2.2 nanage naanuuru ruupaayi sambaLa ______ (not enough)

4.2.3 Saaliniya mane sangam Taakiis _______ ide (beside)

4.2.4 sumanige uuTakke eraDu capaati ______ (don't want)

4.3 Change the following according to the model :

Model : kappu _____ kappadu

Change : hasiru __________

kempu __________

niili __________

biLi __________

4.4 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket :

4.4.1 aa langa ____________ (niili)

4.4.2 ravige namma DayrekTar ____________ ? (gottilla)

4.4.3 ravige eraDee eraDu SarTu ____________ ? (saaku)

4.4.4 nimage siire ____________ ? (beeDa)

4.5 Use the following in your own sentences :

(1) yaara

(2) avaradee

(3) haLadi

(4) baTTe

(5) angaDi

4.6 Translate the following sentences into kannada

4.6.1 I don't want blue pen

4.6.2 Do you like capathi for breakfast ?

4.6.3 I don't like that dark red cloth

4.6.4 I want two packets of biscuits


4.7.1 nimage yaava baNNada baTTe ishTa ?

4.7.2 nimage tiNDige capaati ishTaanaa ?


4.7.3 nimage uuTakke eshTu capaati beeku ?

4.7.4 nimage karnaaTakada mukhya mantri gottaa ?

4.7.5 nimage kannaDa sinimaa ishTaanoo hindi sinimaa

ishTaanoo ?

5. Vocabulary :

kappu / kari 'black'

kempu 'red'

niili 'blue

baTTe 'cloth'

baNNa 'colour'

biLi 'white'

haLadi 'yellow'


akki 'raw rice'

uppinakaayi 'pickles'

uuTa 'meals'

kaDu niili 'dark blue'

teLu niili 'light blue'

gooDe 'wall'

daari 'way/path'

langa 'long skirt'

sampaadaka 'editor'

sahavaasa 'companionship'

haalu 'milk'

LESSON - 9

1. Dialogue :

Vijaya : suma leeDiis ruuminalli Is suma in the ladiesidaaLaa ? room ?

Shashi : illa, avaLu ruuminalli illa No. She is not in theavaLige iiga klaas ide room. She has class. SheavaLu klaasinalli idaaLe is in the class

Vijaya : ninage iiga klaas ilvaa ? Don't you have classnow ?

Shashi : illa. nanage klaas illa. No. I don't I have classmuuru gaNTege klaas ide at three o' clock

Vijaya : nimma profesar uurinalli Is your professor in idaaraa ? town ?

Shashi : illa. avaru uurinalli illa No. He is not in town

Vijaya : sumaa naalku gaNTege will Suma be in theruuminalli irtaaLaa ? room at four o' clock ?

Shashi : iralla. naalku gaNTege No she won't. She willlaybrarilli irtaaLe be in the library at four

o' clock

Vijaya : niinu naalku gaNTege will you be in the librarylaybrariili irtiiyaa ? at four o' clock ?

Shashi : havdu. irtiinii Yes. I will be there


1.1 Dialogue :

Raghava : namaskaara, cennagi Hello. are you well ?

idiiraa ?

Rao : cennagi idiini. nimma Yes I do. Is your father

tande maneyalli idaaraa ? at home ?

Raghava : avaru maneyalli illa No. He is not at home

angaDiili idaare He is in shop

Rao : Yaake ? nimma aNNa Why ? isn't your elder

uurinalli ilvaa ? brother in town ?

Raghava : ibbaruu allee idaare Both are there

Rao : nimma tande maneyalli When will be your father

yaavaga irtaare ? at home ? Will he be at

saayankaala irtaaraa ? home in the evening ?

Raghava : iralla. saayankaala No. he won't. He will

tooTadalli irtaare be in the farm in the

raatri maneyalli irtaarw evening. He will be at

home in the night

2. Pattern drill :2.1 naanu maysuurinalli idini I am in Mysore

naanu iiga hooTelinalli I am in a hotel now

idiini

naavu aafiisinalli idiivi We are in the office

nnavu bengaLuurinalli We are living in

vaasa idiivi Bangalore

niinu elli idiiye ? Where are you ?

niivu yaava biidiyalli In which street tdo youidiiri / live ? (pl+hon.)

niinu yaava uurinalli idiiye ? In which place are you ?niivu elli idiiri / Where are you (pl.+hon.)?

avanu hattanee klaasinalli He is in tenth classidaane

mallikaarjuna maneya Mallikarjuna is inside the oLage idaane House

avaLu haasTelinalli She is in the hostelidaaLe

padma byaankinalli idaaLe Padma is in the Bank

avaru pakkada maneyalli They are in the house nextidaare door

nanna tande taayi uurinalli My father and mother areidare in our home town

pustaka meejina meele ide The book is on the table

haNNugaLu maradalli ive The fruits are on the tree

2.2 naanu saayankaala I will be in the city in the siTiyalli irtiini evening

naavu naaLe We will be in BangalorebengaLuurinalli irtiivi tomorrow

niinu ivattu madhyaanha Where will you be todayelli irtiiye ? afternoon ?

niivu beligge eNTu Where will you be in thegaNTege elli irtiiri ? morning at eight o' clock ?

avanu dinaa sanje aydu He will be in the play-gaNTege aaTada mydaana ground daily at five o' dalli irtaane clock in the evening.


avaLu hattu gaNTege She will be in the collegekaaleejinalli irtaaLe at ten o' clockhasu madhyaanha The cow will be in thetooTadalli iratte. garden in the afternoonkarugaLu maneyalli The calves will be atirtaave home

2.3 avanu uurinalli illa He is not in townaa kaadambari That novel is not in thelaybrariyalli illa Library

2.4 naanu naaLe maneyalli I won't be at homeiralla tomorrowavaru ishTu hottinalli He/she won't be in theangaDiyalli iralla shop at this time


3.1 The verb iru 'to be' introduced in this lesson. iru plays in

important role as a main verb as well as an auxillary verb.

iru verb has two bases in Kannada. They are id - and - ir

id - is used as definite construction, whereas ir - used as

indefinite or habitual construction.

nanna sneeita maneyalli idaane

In this sentence, the friend's presence at home is definite

nanna sneehite madhyanha maneyalli irtaaLe

Here irtaaLe is used as an indefinite construction with

future proposition. This can also be used as habitual as in

the following sentence.

avaLu dinaa naalku gaNTege laybrariyalli irtaaLe

3.1.1 When id - the difinite form is used, it won't take my tense marker. This will be straightaway added to the personal marker

The paradigm is given below :

naanu id - iini naavu id-iivi

niinu id-iiye niivu id-iiri

avanu id-aane

avaLu id-aaLe avaru id-aare

adu id-e avu iv-e

3.1.2 Whereas ir - will be first added to -t- which is non past tense marker, then added to personal marker. Thus obtaining the forms

naanu ir-t-iini naavu ir-t-iivi

niinu ir-t-iiye niivu ir-t-iiri

avanu ir-t-aane

avaLu ir-t-aaLe avaru ir-t-aare

adu iru-tt-e avu iru-t-ve/ir-t-aave

Note that in the third person neut. sg. - t - is doubled

3.1.3 illa and iralla are the corresponding negative forms of id- and ir - respectively

There is no person, number or gender distinction made in the negative construction.


3.2 alli is the locative case marker which denotes location.

The changes are of the same of possessive case when

added to the nouns.

4. Exercise :


4.1.1 _____________ avanu angaDiyaalli idaane

4.1.2 _____________ namma tande maneyalli irtaare

4.1.3 _____________ ishTu hottinalli angaDiyalli irtaane

4.1.4 nanage hattu gaNTege klaasu _____________

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given

in the bracket :

4.2.1 nimma akka maneyalli __________ ? (iru)

4.2.2 kamalana tamma uurinalli __________ ? (iru)

4.2.3 nimma naayi sadaa tooTadalli __________ ? (iralla)

4.2.4 aaspatreyalli DaakTaru __________ ? (illa)

4.3 Match the following :

1. niinu yaavaaga maneyalli (a) idaare

2. sumati iiga aaspatreyalli (b) idaane

3. avaru heege (c) irtiiye

4. pustaka meejina meele (d) irtiiri

5. niivu yaavaaga angaDiyalli (e) ide

6. aravindana tamma madaraasinalli (f) idaaLe

4.4 Change in to negative :

4.4.1 kamala amerikaadalli idaaLe

4.4.2 nimma aNNa uurinalli idaaraa ?

4.4.3 nanna pustaka ninna hattira ide

4.4.4 raamaraayaru ishTu hottinalli klabbinalli irtaaraa ?


1. beLigge 4. keLage

2. saayankaala 5. uuru

3. tooTa 6. aaTada maydaana


4.6.1 At what time will you be at home ?

4.6.2 Suma won't be there at this time

4.6.3 All the twenty four hours he will be in the club

4.6.4 He is not there

4.6.5 Will you be there at ten o' clock ?

4.7 Answer the following question :

4.7.1 niivu elli vaasa idiiri ?

4.7.2 niivu dinaa saayankaala maneyalli irtiiraa ?

4.7.3 nimage svanta mane ideyaa ?

4.7.4 nimma maneyalli eshTu jana idaare ?

4.7.5 nimma uuru yaava raajyada, yaava jilleyalli ide ?

5. Vocabulary :tooTa 'garden'raatri 'night'saayankaala 'evening'



oLage 'inside'

karu 'calf'

keLage 'below'

gaNTe 'hour'

biidi 'street'

madhyaanha 'afternoon'

meele 'upon / above'

vaasa 'reside / live'

haNNu 'fruit'

horage 'outside'

LESSON - 10

1. Dialogue :

Raju : baa ravi, eenu samaachaara ? Com Ravi. What is the news ?

Ravi : eenuu illa raaju. naavella Nothing Raju. Shall wemundina vaara piknik go for a picnic nexthoogooNavva ? week ?

Raju : aagli. ellige hoogooNa ? Allright. Where shall wego ?

Ravi : nandi beTTakke hoogooNa Let us go to Nandi hills

Raju : yaaru yaaru bartaare ? Who are all will becoming ?

Ravi : moohana, goopala bartaare Mohan and Gopal arecoming

Raju : sureeSa baralvaa ? Isn't Suresh coming ?

Ravi : baralla. avanige He won't come. He hasdhaaravaaDadalli kelasa work in Dharwar. Heide. naaLe hoogtaane goes tomorrow. Hehadinaydu dinada meele comes after fifteen daysbartaane

Raju : manoohara ? Manohar ?

Ravi : avanannu keeLalaa ? Shall I ask him ?

Raju : keeLu. avanuu barali Ask him. Let him alsopiknikkige oLLe kampani come. Let us have airali good company for the

picnic


Ravi : keeLtiini. avanu bartaane I will ask him. He willcome

Raju : mundina bhaanuvaara Let us go next SundayhoogooNa

Ravi : eshTu gaNTege At what time shall wehoraDooNa ? start ?

Raju : beligge enTu gaNTege Let us start at eight o'horaDooNa clock in the morning

Ravi : tiNdi eenu tagoNDu What snacks shall wehoogooNa ? take ?

Raju : eenaadaruu sari. niinu Anything is allright. Yousihi tiNDi tagombaa bring sweets. Letmoohana, goopaala Mohana and GopalpuLiyoogare tarli. naanu bring tamarind rice. IhaNnu tartiini shall bring fruits

Ravi ; heege hoogooNa ? How shall we go ?

Raju : bassinalli hoogooNa. bassu Let us go by bus. Busestumbaa sigutve are available in plenty

Ravi : naavu ellige barooNa ? bas Where shall we come ?sTyaaND hattira Shall we come to the busbarooNvaa ? stand ?

Raju : bas sTyaaND hattira banni You come to the busnaanu allige bartiini stand. I shall come there

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 niinu naaLe namma (you.sg.) Come to my

manege baa house tomorrow

niinu kaafi KuDi (you. sg) Drink Coffeeniinu ii baaLe haNNu (you.sg) Eat this bananatinnuniinu iiga kaaleeJige (you.sg) Go to collegehoogu now

2.2 niivu naaLe namma (you. hon. pl.) Come tomanege banni my house tomorrowniivu kaafi KuDiyiri (you. hon. pl.) Drink

Coffeeniivu ii baaLe haNNu (you. hon. pl.) Eat thistinni banananiivu iiga kaaleeJige (you.hon. pl.) Go tohoogi college now

2.3 naanu nimma manege Shall I come to yournaaLe barlaa ? house tomorrow ?naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? Shall I drink coffee ?

2.4 naavu nimma manege Shall we come to yourbarooNavaa ? house ?naavu uurige hoogooNavaa ? Shall we go to home

town ?

2.5 naavu naaLe beLigge Let us go to ChamundicaamunDi beTTakke hill tomorrow morninghoogooNanaavu iiga kaafi Let us drink coffee nowkuDiyooNa

2.6 avanu madaraasige hoogali Let him go to MadrasrameeSa oLage barali Let Ramesh come in


Kamala haalu kuDiyali Let Kamala drink themilk

hasu hullu tinnali Let the cow eat the grass

2.7 naanu sinimaakke bartini I shall come to movienaavu dinaa jileebi tintii We eat jileebis everdayniinu beLigge kaafi Do you drink coffee inthe kuDiitiyaa ? morning ?

niivu sanje tiNDi tintiiraa ? Do you eat tiffin in the evening ?

moohana iiga bartaane Mohan comes now

nanna heNDati avaLa My wife will go to hertaayiya manege hoogtaaLe mother's house

nanna maava naaLe My father - in - law comesbartaare tomorrow

magu hallu kuDiyatte The child drinks milk

makkaLu hallu kuDiyutve Children drink milk


3.1 Main verbs are introduced in this lesson. Verb root itself is

used as an imperative, which is always in second person

singular form. Observe the following sentences.

niinu baa 'you come'niinu hoogu 'you go'

The imperative singular forms can be changed into

imperative plural forms by adding -iri or -i , - iri is addeds

to the verbs ending with - i or -e.

kuDi + iri = kuDiyiri 'you (pl. hon.) drinkbare + iri = bareyiri 'you (pl. hon.) write

Note the addition of -y -

-i is added to all other nouns

tinnu + i = tinni 'you (pl. hon.) eat

hoogu + i = hoogi 'you (pl. hon.) go

baa + i = banni 'you (pl. hon.) come

Note that the final -u drops in the above combination.

baa changes into ban before it takes imperative plural

form. taa 'to bring' also behaves like baa. These two verbs

have two bases viz., bar, ban and tar, tan. Observe in the

coming lessons how these bases are added to higher

constructions. These forms are also used as honorafic

singular forms.

3.2 Permissive form is obtained by adding - ali to the verb

root. These forms are operated only with third person

subjects. It is possible with first person singular subject in

interrogative construction. Observe the following

examples

hoogu + ali = hoogali

kuDi + ali = kuDiyali

avanu hoogali 'let him go'

avaLu hoogali 'let her go'

avaru hoogali 'let them go'

adu hoogali 'let it go'

avu hoogali 'let them go'


naanu ellige hoogali ? 'Where shall I go' ?naanu eenu kuDiyali ? 'What shall I drink' ?

Note that the above sentences with first person singular subject are in interrogative form making use of interrogative pronouns. It is also possible to have the interrogative sentences by adding -aa, the interrogative suffix, thus obtaining the meaning - 'may I ..........'. - al - will be addid to verb root as infinitive marker and then - aa is added.

naanu uurige hoogalaa ? 'may I go to home town' ?naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? 'may I drink coffee ?

3.3 'Let us go' type of structure (which is known as hortative form) is obtained in Kannada by adding - ooNa to the verb root in first person plural subject

hoogu + ooNa = hoogooNa 'let us go'

tinnu + ooNa = tinnoNa 'let us eat'

kuDi + ooNa = kuDiyooNa 'let us drink'

tar + ooNa = tarooNa 'let us bring'

When the iterrogative suffix - aa is added to hortative form, -v- is added as an addition

hoogooNa + aa = hoogooNavaa ? 'shall we go ?'barooNa + aa = barooNavaa ? 'shall we come ?'

3.4 Non-past tense marker - t - is introduced with main verbs. Strictly speaking there is no present tense marker in Kannada. Traditonal grammars describe -t- as present tense marker and -v- as future tense marker. However in modern spoken Kannada the difference between these two

tenses is nullified. - t - is used as non-past tense marker. The future ideas are expressed by adding time aspect to the non-past tense form

naanu kaafi kuDiitiini 'I drink coffee'

naanu naaLe uurige hoogtiini 'I will go to mynative placetomorrow'

The structure of non - past tense isverb root + non-past tense + pronminal

termination

hoogu + t + iini = hoogtiini

The subject and the predicate agreement in verbal construction is strictly maintained in Kannada

Observe the following paradigm

naanu hoog - t - iini naavu hoog - t -iivi(hoogutteene) (hoogutteeve)

niinu hoog - t - iiye niivu hoog - t - iiri(hooguttiiye) (Hooguttiiri)

avanu hoog-t-aane avaru hoog-t-aare(hooguttaane) (hooguttaare)

avaLu hoog-t-aaLe(hooguttaaLe)

adu hoogu-tt - e / hoog - t - ade avu hoog - t - ave /hooga - t - ve

(hooguttade) (hooguttave)

The forms given in paranthesis are standard written forms


3.1.5 The non-past negation is obtained by adding alla to the verb root

tinnu + alla = tinnalla 'do not eat'

kuDi + alla = kudiyalla 'do not drink'

There is no number, gender distinction in negative construction.

3.1.6 The accusative (objective case) marker - annu/anna is also introduced in this lesson. Accusative case marker is mostly optional with neuter nouns. It is obligatorily used with human nouns and plural nouns.

4. Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words

4.1.1 ______ bhaanuvaara bengaLuurige hoogooNa

4.1.2 naanu _________ tarali ?

4.1.3 _________ bas sTyaaND hattira banni

4.1.4 _________ beLigge kaafi kudiitaane

4.1.5 siitaa naaLe uurige _________


4.2.1 ayyoo. naanu eenu ____________ ? (maaDu)

4.2.2 paapa. avanu manege ___________ (hoogu)

4.2.3 naavu uurige eshTu gaNTege ______ ? (horaDu)

4.2.4 sandhya yaavaaga amerikaakke ______ ? (hoogu)

4.2.5 niivu naaLe namma manege ___________ (baa)

4.3 Interrogate

4.3.1 havdu. idu pustaka

4.3.2 aagaLi. hoogooNa

4.3.3 illa. raaju baralla

4.3.4 havdu. bassu eNTu gaNTege horaDatte

4.4 Change the form according to the model

4.4.1 Model : avanu + annu = avanannu

Change : ivanu _______

avaLu _______

adu _________

kaaDu _______

bassu ________

4.4.2 Model : mara + annu = maravannu

Change : pustaka _______

hanNa ________

dina __________

4.4.3 Model : mane + annu = maneyannu

Change : naayi _________

kathe _________

siite __________

ravi __________

4.5 Use the following verbs with non - past tense markers in all persons

1. baru 2. horaDu 3. tinnu

4. keeLu 5. kuDi



4.6.1 I listen to music over the radio ?

4.6.2 Who will come with you ?

4.6.3 What shall I bring for you ?

4.6.4 Let him go to a movie

4.6.5 Please, take this coffee

4.6.6 Shall we go to Mangalore today ?


4.7.1 niivu ivattu saayankaala ellige hoogtiiri ?

4.7.2 niivu yaava kelasa maaDtiiri ?

4.7.3 niivu ivattu sanje sinimaake hoogtiiraa ?

4.7.4 rajaa dinadalli nimma manege sneehitaru bartaaraa ?

4.75 niivu beligge eshTu ganTege tinDi tintiiri ?

5. Vocabulary :

keLu 'to ask / to listen'

togoNDu hoogu 'to carry'

tagombaa 'to bring'

tiNDi 'snacks' / 'breakfast'

nandi beTTa 'Nandi hills'

puLiyoogare 'tamarind rice'

baa 'to come'

mundina vaara 'next week'

sigu 'to be available'

sihi tiNDi 'sweets'

horaDu 'to start'

hoogu 'to go'


iiga 'now'

kuDi 'to drink'

tinnu 'to eat'

hullu 'grass'


¥ÁoÀ - 11

1. Dialogue :

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : £Á£ÀÄ zsÁgÀªÁqÀPÉÌ I have to go to

ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt Dharwar. is the bus

M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ, gÉÊ¯ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt journey or train jour

M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ ? ney better ?

ªÀÄÆwð : §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁtQÌAvÀ gÉÊ¯ï Train journey is better

¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ. than bus journey. The

§¹ìVAvÀ gÉÊ°UÉ bÁdÄð train fare is less than

PÀrªÉÄ. §¹ì£À°è the bus fare. Don't go

ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr by bus.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : gÉÊ¯ï AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀiÁUÀð Which way does the

ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? train go ?

ªÀÄÆwð : CgÀ¹ÃPÉgÉ ªÀiÁUÀð ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ It goes via Arasikere

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : CzÀÄ MAzÉÃ ªÀiÁUÁð£Á ? Is that the only route ?

ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ï ªÀiÁUÁð£ÀÆ One can go via

ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. Guntakal also

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ºÀwÛgÀ ? Which one is shorter ?

ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ïVAvÀ CgÀ¹ÃPÀgÉ The Arasikere route is

ªÀiÁUÁð£ÉÃ ºÀwÛ shorter than the

Guntakal route

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ºÀÄ§â½î zsÁgÀªÁqÀ JgÀqÀÆ Are Hubli and

ºÀwÛgÀ EªÉAiÀiÁ ? Dharwar close to each

other ?

ªÀÄÆwð : ºËzÀÄ. CªÉgÀqÀÆ CªÀ½ Yes. They are twin

£ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. cities

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ºÀÄ§â½î zÉÆqÀØzÉÆÃ Is Hubli or Dharwar

zsÁgÀªÁqÀ zÉÆqÀØzÉÆÃ ? bigger ?

ªÀÄÆwð : zsÁgÀªÁqÀQÌAvÀ ºÀÄ§â½î Hubli is bigger than

zÉÆqÀØzÀÄ Dharwar

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ ? Which one comes first ?

ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀÄ§â½î ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ Hubli comes first

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : QvÀÆÛgÀÄ JPïì¥Éæ¹ì£À°è Can one go quickly in

¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÁ ? the Kittor express ?

ªÀÄÆwð : ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. C°è Yes. Where do you

J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ? have to go there ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : AiÀÄÆ¤ªÀ¹ðnUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to the

gÉÊ¯Éé ̧ ÉÖÃµÀ£À°è DmÉÆÃ University. Are autos

¹UÀÄvÁé ? availabel at the railway

station ?

ªÀÄÆwð : ¹UÀÄvÉé. DzÀgÉ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è Yes the are. But

ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr. ̈ ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ don't go by auto

§¸ï ¹UÀÄvÉé. §¹ì£À°è Plenty of busses are

ºÉÆÃV available. Go by bus

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À ̧ ÉÆÃªÀÄªÁgÀPÉÌ Is a seat available for

gÉÊ°£À°è ¹Ãmï ¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ? next Monday ?


ªÀÄÆwð : PÀµÀÖ. MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ ªÉÆzÀ¯ÉÃ Difficult. It has to bej¸Àªïð ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. EµÀÄÖ reserved one weekvÀqÀ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ earlier. You shouldn't

delay things this much.

2. Pattern drill2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ Mysore is smaller than

aPÀÌzÀÄ. Bangalore

gÁªÀÄ¤VAvÀ gÁªÀt Ravana is braver than

zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á°. Rama

±Á°¤VAvÀ ªÀiÁ°¤ aPÀÌªÀ¼ÀÄ Malini is younger/

smaller than Shalini

CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£ÀVAvÀ JvÀÛgÀ He is taller than me

D ¥ÀPÀëQÌAvÀ F ¥ÀPÀë M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ This party is better

than that party.

¸ÉÃªÀAwUÉ ºÀÆVAvÀ UÀÄ¯Á© A rose is more beautiful

ºÀÆ ̧ ÀÄAzÀgÀ than a cryasnthemum

gÀA¨sÉVAvÀ ªÉÄÃ£ÀPÉ §ºÀ¼À Menaka is more

¸ÀÄAzÀj beautiful than Rambha

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ Mysore is a more

¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ beautiful city than

Bangalore

2.2 £Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to my

home town

¤ÃªÀÅ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä You have to give me

PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ten rupees

¥Àæw¢£Á ̈ É½UÉÎ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï One must read the

NzÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ newspapers every

morning

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è J®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ Everyone in Karnataka

PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÀÄ should learn kannada

2.3 ¤Ã£ÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ (You) Don't do that

(deed)

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄ¨ÉÃr (You) Don't drink too

much coffee

2.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ You may come in

CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ He may go to Madras

ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. tomorrow.

2.5 zsÀÆªÀÄ¥Á£À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ One shouldn't smoke

¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ̈ ÉÊAiÀÄPÀÆqÀzÀÄ You shouldn't scold

him

ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¹¤ªÀiÁ Children shouldn't see

£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ movies everyday

¤Ã£ÀÄ D ºÀÄrVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß You shouldn't see that

£ÉÆÃqÀPÀÆqÀzÀÄ. girl.


3.1 - inta is the comparitive marker. It is used to compare two subjects or objects. Kannada has no distinction of degrees in adjective itself unlike.


English. Only intensifiers like 'bahaLa', 'tumba' 'tiira', are used to indicate the superlative degree. - inta is always used with dative subject.

nanage kannaDa sinimakkinta hindi sinimaa ishTa. bengaLuuriginta kalkatta doDDa nagara.

3.2 Definitive, permissive and prohibitive forms of the verbs also introduced.

definitive forms are obtained by adding 'beeku' 'beeDa', to the main verbs. 'beeDa', is added to only second person. Wheas 'beeku', can be added to all persons.

niinu ivattu uurige hooga beeDa Dont go to hometown today

niivu namma manege bara beeDi (You pl/hon.)don't come toour house

naanu bahaLa beega hoogabeku I have to gosoon

niinu aa pustaka ooda beeku You have to readthat book

avanu hattu ruupayi koDa beeku He has to giveten rupees.

permissive forms of the verbs are obtained by adding - bahudu to the main verbs. Although this is called perrmissive, it can also denotes probability.

niinu nanna jate barabahudu You may come with me

naanu sanje ninage sigabahadu I may meet youin the evening.

avanu naaLe barabahudu He may cometomorrow.

There are two prohibitive forms viz., - baaradu, and kuuDadu, The later one is used as strong prohibition.

adkhikaarigaLu lanca tegedukoLLa baaraduOfficers should not take bribe

makkaLu sigareeT seeda kuuDaduChildren shouldn't smoke

4. Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words :

4.1.1 ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï ¹PÀAzÀgÁ¨Ázï JgÀqÀÆ ______ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

4.1.2 gÉÊ®Ä ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï ____________ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ.

4.1.3 _________ ̈ sÁ£ÀÄªÁgÀ £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.1.4 JPïì¥Éæ¸ï §¹ì£À°è __________ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.2 Combine the following sentences using the comparitive marker :

4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀlÖt

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ aPÀÌ ¥ÀlÖt

4.2.2 gÁªÀÄ¤UÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð

®PÀëöät¤UÉ ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀð

4.2.3 F ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ

D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉlÖzÀÄ

4.2.4 PÀªÀÄ® ̧ ÀÄAzÀj«ªÀÄ® vÀÄA¨Á ̧ ÀÄAzÀj



¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ, ̈ ÉÃUÀ, ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt, ªÀiÁUÀð, ªÉÆzÀ®Ä, PÀrªÉÄ

4.4 Translate into Kannada :4.4.1 Mysore is smaller than Bangalore

4.4.2 Train journey is more comfortable than bus journey

4.4.3 She is taller than me

4.4.4 You may go now

4.4.5 Please, don't talk to me

4.4.6 I have to go to Delhi next week

4.4.7 You should not smoke

4.4.8 He shouldn't do that work


4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?

4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£É a£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ ?

4.5.3 ¤ªÀÄVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä / vÀAVÃ£ÉÃ JvÀÛgÁ£Á ?

4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉÃzÀPÀÆqÀzÁ ?

5. VocabularyCªÀ½ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 'twin cities'

ZÁdÄð 'fare'

vÀqÀ 'late'

¥ÀæAiÀiÁt 'journey'

¨ÉÃUÀ 'early/quickly'

ªÀiÁUÀð 'route/via'

4.1 Supplementary vocabulary :JvÀÛgÀ 'tall'

PÀ° 'to learn'

UÀÄ¯Á© 'rose'

zsÀÆªÀÄ¥Á£À 'smoking'

zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á° 'brave person'

¥ÀPÀë 'party'

¨ÉÊAiÀÄÄ 'to scold'

¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ 'beautiful (N)'

¸ÀÄAzÀj 'beautiful women'

¸ÉÃªÀAwUÉ 'crysanthemum'

ºÀÆ 'flower'


¥ÁoÀ - 12

1. Dialogue :

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgÀ, PÀtÚ£ïUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ When is the Kannada

¥ÀjÃPÉë AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ? examination for

Manohar and Kannan ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À wAUÀ¼ÀÄ Next month

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : F ̧ Áj£ÁzÀÄæ ¥Á¸ï Will they get through

ªÀiÁqÁÛgÁ ? this time atleast ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : K£ï ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉÆÃ UÉÆwÛ®è No idea as to what they

will do

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : CªÀjUÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ, Do they know to speak

§gÉAiÉÆÃzÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀÄvÁÛ ? and write well ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgïUÉ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉÌ Manohar knows well to

ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀvÉÛ. §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ speak. He doesn't know

§gÀ®è to write.

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ He goes for tuition to

lÆåµÀ£ïUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É learn kannada

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É CµÉÖ He goes, that is all

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : PÀtÚ£ï ? Kannan ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : CªÀ£ÀÄ §gÉAiÀÄ§®è. DzÀgÉ He can write, but can't

ªÀiÁvÁqÀ¯ÁgÀ speak

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : M§â §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À One has to practise to

ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. E£ÉÆß§â write. The other has to

ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À practise to speak. By

ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. CzÀÄ doing that they can get

ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è through.¥Á¸ÁUÀ§®ègÀÄ

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ºËzÀÄ. PÀtÚ£ï Yes. kannan has no

¥Á¸ÁUÉÆÃzÀgÀ°è C£ÀÄªÀiÁ£À doubt of passing the

E®è. ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgïzÉÃ examination. Only

C£ÀÄªÀiÁ£À Manohar has doubts

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : AiÀiÁPÉ ? CªÀ£ÀÄ ̧ ÀjAiÀiÁV Why doesn't he try

¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß¥ÀqÀ®èªÁ ? properly ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ¥ÀqÀ®è. CzÉÃ vÉÆAzÀgÉ He soesn't. That is the

problem

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉÃ¼À¨ÉÃPÀÄ. He should be told

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : CzÉ¯Áè ºÉÃ¼ÉÆÃzÀ®è. CªÀ¤UÉÃ These things can't be

CxÀð DUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ told. He must under

stand it himself.

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 £À£ÀUÉ PÀxÉ PÉÃ¼ÉÆÃzÀÄ EµÀÖ. I like listening to stories

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀjUÉ §Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ ºÉÃ¼ÉÆÃzÀÄ It is easy to advise

¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ youngsters

HlzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ It is unhealthy to drink

C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå water in the middle of a

meal

Lesson 12/99

¤Ã£ÀÄ §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß £Á£ÀÄ I should see what you

£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ write

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß AiÀiÁgÀÄ Who will listen to her

PÉÃ¼ÁÛgÉ ? talk ?

PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ̄ Á¨sÀ EzÉ There is advantage in

learning KannadaPÉlÖ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀjAzÀ One gets headache by

vÀ¯É£ÉÆÃªÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ seeing bad films

CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ They go to hotel to eat

ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ meals

CªÀ¼ÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ She is ready to quarrelvÀAiÀiÁgÀÄ

¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ°è vÀqÀ There will be a delay

DUÀÄvÉÛ in going to the bank

CªÀ£ÀÄ zÉºÀ°¬ÄAzÀ ̧ Éélgï There is no doubt about

vÀgÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ°è C£ÀÄªÀiÁ£À E®è his bringing sweaters

from Delhi

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ (Rhetorical question

ªÀÄÄAzÉ EªÀ£ÉÃ£ÀÄ ? implying) In speaking

kannada he is nothingwhen compared to Suresh

2.2 D ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÉÆÃzÀ®è That water is not fit to

drink¤ªÀÄäAxÀªÀgÀÄ CAxÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ Persons like you should

NzÉÆÃzÀ®è. not read such books.

CªÀgÀÄ EAxÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀ®è They shouldn't do such

a thing.

2.3 £Á£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ Q¯ÉÆÃ«ÄÃlgï NqÀ I can run a kilometer§¯Éè

£ÁªÀÅ »A¢ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÉAiÀÄ§¯ÉèªÀÅ We can write Hindi well

¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ Erè w£Àß§¯ÉèAiÀiÁ ? Can you eat ten idlis ?

¤ÃªÀÅ ̈ É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Can you come at six o'

§gÀ§°ègÁ ? clock in the morning ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï ZÉ£ÁßV ºÁqÀ§®è Ramesh can sing well

PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï Kamala can get a rank

§gÀ§®è¼ÀÄ in the examination

CªÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV UÀ¯ÁmÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ They can make a lot of

noise

F ̧ ÀÆÌlgï M¼Éî ̧ À«ð¸ï This scooter can give

PÉÆqÀ§®èzÀÄ service

¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ ºÁ®£ÀÄß Hybrid cows can give

PÉÆqÀ§®èªÀÅ more milk

2.4 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ̄ ÁqÀÄ w£Àß¯ÁgÉ I can't eat ten laddus

¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ̧ Á«gÀ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä Can't you give them a

PÉÆqÀ¯ÁgÉAiÀiÁ ? thousand rupees ?

D ¥ÀwæPÉ vÀÄA¨Á ¢£À That news paper can't

G½AiÀÄ¯ÁgÀzÀÄ last very long

2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ He struggles a lot to

vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛ£É speak Kannada

good


§qÀªÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ Poor people suffer a lot

²æÃªÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À ̧ ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ The rich enjoy

themselves a lot


3.1 Gerundial or verbal nouns are obtained by adding 'vudu/oodu' to the verbs. It is equivalent to - ing in English. It functions as noun as well as adjective.

tinnuvudu / tinnoodu 'eating'

maaDuvudu / maaDoodu 'doing'

After the verbs are transformed into nouns by adding 'vudu / oodu'. the case markers can be added.

cennaagi uuTa maaDuvudannu kali

Learn to eat well

JagaLa maaDuvudarida kelsa aagutte

The work will be get done by quarrelling

kaafi kuDiyuvudakke hooTelige hoogi

Go to hotel to drik coffee

nritya nooDuvudaralli nanage aasakti illa

I have no interest in seeing the dance

Note that - alu can be substituted for the dative case marker in verbal noun construction

avanu' kaafi kuDiyalu hooTelige hoogtaane

He goes to hotel to drink coffee

The negative verbal noun is obtained by the addition of 'alla' to the verbal noun, and it is used only as a part of predicate.

keeLoodalla 'not to be listened'maaDoodalla 'not to be done'

Verbal noun with comparative marker - inta gives the meaning 'instead' or 'rather than'

aa sinima nooDoodakkinta summaniroodu oLLeyadu

'Instead of seeing that film, it is better to be quiet'.

3.2 bal - and aar - are the positive and negative potential markers respectively.

After adding these markers to personal markers, they are used in the compound construction with the infinitive form of the main verbs.

tinna - bal - e = tinnaballe 'I can eat'tinna - laar - e = tinnalaare 'I can't eat'

Note how they are used with all personal nouns.

naanu maaDaballe naavu maDaballevumaaDalaare maaDalaarevu

niinu maaDaballe niivu maaDaballirimaaDalaare maaDalaariri

avanu maaDaballamaaDalaara

avaLu maaDaballaLu avaru maaDaballarumaaDalaaraLu maaDalaararu

adu maaDaballadu avu maaDaballavumaaDalaaradu maaDalaaravu

'balla' is also has another meaning 'to know' in independent position.


3.3 - inda in Kannada is instrumental as well as ablative case. Although - inda is a homophonus form.

functionally it maintains the distinction. Observe the following sentences.

avanu pennininda bariitaane

'He writes with pen'

avanu aafisige haasTelininda bartaane

'He comes from hostel to office'

In the above sentences, first one is instrumental and the second one is ablative.

Instrumental denotes the accomplishment of the action with an instrument.

Ablative denotes the source from which action began.

3.4 paDu 'to feel' is used with nouns like kashTa, sukha, dukha, santoosha etc. (nouns expressing feelings.) , thus getting the compound verbs like, kashTapaDu, sukha paDu. dukha paDu

4. Exercise :


4.1.1 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆjUÉ _____________ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ ?

4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á ___________ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆjUÉ §gÁÛ£É

4.1.3 CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É E°èUÉ §ºÀ¼À ___________

4.1.4 ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀPÉÌ _________ ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words

given in the bracket :

4.2.1 CªÀ¼ÀÄ __________ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÉÃ¼À§ºÀÄzÀÄ ? (ºÁqÀÄ)

4.2.2 CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ __________ PÀµÀÖ (PÉÃ¼ÀÄ)

4.2.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ _________ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)

4.2.4 D ¤ÃgÀÄ ________ (PÀÄr)

4.3 Transform into negative sentences :

4.3.1 CªÀgÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ

4.3.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ FUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?

4.3.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.3.4 ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.3.5 D ºÀtÄÚ w£ÉÆßÃzÀÄ

4.4 Combine the following and use them is your own

sentences :

4.4.1 ªÀÄgÀ + C£ÀÄß = __________

PÁgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________

£Á£ÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________

CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________

4.4.2 ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ = __________

ªÀÄgÀ + EAzÀ = __________

HgÀÄ + EAzÀ = __________

¸ÉßÃ»vÀ + EAzÀ = __________


4.4.3 ªÀÄÆgÀÄ + dative case = __________

CªÀ£ÀÄ + dative case = __________

¥É£ÀÄß + dative case = __________

CzÀÄ + dative case = __________

£Á¬Ä + dative case = __________

4.4.4 ¹n + C°è = __________

PÀxÉ + C°è = __________

PÁqÀÄ + C°è = __________

EzÀÄ + C°è = __________

4.5 Transform the following verbs into Gerundial forms. Add

all the case markers and use them in your own sentences :

ªÀiÁqÀÄ, PÉÃ¼ÀÄ, ¹UÀÄ, §gÀÄ

4.6 Translate into Kannada :

4.6.1 Savita can drink ten cups of coffee

4.6.2 Who asked you to come here ?

4.6.3 He cannot do that work

4.6.4 Can you sing a song ?

4.6.5 He is going to the hotel to eat a meal

4.6.6 One should not speak like that

4.7 Answer the following questions :

4.7.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ©qÀ¯ÁjgÁ ?

4.7.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ / ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÁÛ ?

4.7.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ K£ÁzÀgÀÆ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§°ègÁ ?

4.4.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊ° NqÀ§°ègÁ ?

5. Vocabulary :

CxÀð DUÀÄ 'to understand'

C£ÀÄªÀiÁ£À 'doubt'

F ̧ Áj 'this time'

vÉÆAzÀgÉ 'trouble'

¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß¥ÀqÀÄ 'to try'

ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄ 'to speak'


C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå 'ill health'

G½ 'to remain / to stay'

Hl 'meals'

NzÀÄ 'to read'

NqÀÄ 'to run'

PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer / try hard'

UÀ¯ÁmÉ 'noise '

dUÀ¼À 'quarrel'

vÀ¯É £ÉÆÃªÀÅ 'head ache'

zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer'

¤ÃgÀÄ 'water'

¥ÀwæPÉ 'paper/magazine'

§Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ 'advice'


ªÀÄzsÉå 'middle / centre'

¯Á¨sÀ 'advantage / profit'

¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄ 'hybrid cow'

¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄ 'enjoy'

¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ 'easy'

ºÁqÀÄ 'song/sing'

ºÁ®Ä 'milk'

ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ 'to say'

¥ÁoÀ - 13

1. Dialogue :

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ FUÀ®Æ Is Mysore Dasara still

DZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ°è EzÉAiÀiÁ ? celebrated ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ºËzÀÄ, FUÀ £ÁqÀºÀ§âªÁV Yes. It is now celebrated

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ as a state festival

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? Who celebrates it ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̧ ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ The karanataka goven-

vÁªÉÃ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ment celebrates it

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ gÁdªÀA±ÀzÀªÀgÀÄ Don't the descendents of

DZÀj¸À¯Áé ? the Mysore king

celebrate it ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è They celebrate it at

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. CµÉÖ home. That is all

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À For how many days

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? government celebrates it ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ They celebrate if for

nine days

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À K£ÀÄ What do they do for

ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? nine days ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¢£Á ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ They arrange musical

PÀZÉÃj K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ. F concerts daily in the

PÀZÉÃjUÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ palace. They invite


¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀ PÀgÉ¸ÁÛgÉ. famous musicians to

zÀ¸ÀgÁ QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ £ÀqÉ¸ÁÛgÉ these concerts. They

conduct Dasara sports.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£Á£ÀÆ EgÀÄvÀÛ ? Will there be an

exhibition too ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : ºËzÀÄ. ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À Yes. The exhibition iszÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ MAzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå one of the main DPÀµÀðuÉ. ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉÃ attractions of Dasara.¢£Á£ÉÃ CzÀ£Àß It will be inauguratedGzÁÏn¹¸ÁÛgÉ. on the first day itself.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ Will there be illuminationEgÀÄvÁÛ ? of the place ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : EgÀvÉÛ. CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß Yes. They decorate the«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ palace with electricC®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. £ÀUÀgÀzÀ lights. The main streets ªÀÄÄRå ©Ã¢UÀ¼À£ÀÄß of the city are also«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ decorated with electricC®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ lights.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ What is the mainAiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? attraction of Dasara ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj. «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«Ä The elephant parade¢£ÀzÀ ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ The procession of the

Vijayadashami day ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : DªÀvÀÄÛ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? What do they do on that day ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : DªÀvÀÄÛ ̈ sÀÄªÀ£ÉÃ±ÀéjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß They worship ¥ÀÆf¸ÁÛgÉ. DªÉÄÃ¯É CzÀ£Àß Bhuvaneswari on that

D£É ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ day. Afterwards it (the ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ. ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è idol) is taken on¨ÉÃgÉ ̈ ÉÃgÉ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ elephant back in«±ÉÃµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ EgÀÄvÉé. procession. The

specialities of different

districts will also be there

in the procession.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? Where does the

procession go ?

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï : CzÀÄ §¤ß ªÀÄAl¥ÀPÉÌ It goes to the

ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ. C°è ̧ ÀAeÉ Bannimantap. There will

mÁZïð¯ÉÊmï ¥ÉÀgÉÃqï be a torch light parade

EgÀÄvÉÛ. C°è «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ in the evening. Students,

¥ÉÆÃ°Ã¹£ÀªÀgÀÄ, ºÉÆÃA Police, Homegaurds

UÁqïðUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ provide entertainment

ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAeÉ£À ¤ÃqÁÛgÉ there.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : £Á£ÀÆ MAzÀÄ ̧ Áj I should also see it once£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â The Ugadi festival is

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. celebrated in Karnataka

«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ The statue of Ambedkar

CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï ¥ÀæwªÉÄ will be erected in front

¥ÀæwµÁ×¦¸ÁÛgÉ of Vidhana Soudha

CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ The palace will be

C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ illuminated with electric

bulbs.


£Á£ÀÄ ¢£Á gÁwæ PÀ£ÀªÀj¹ÛÃ¤ Every night I talk in

dream

£ÁªÀÅ EAVèÃ¶¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ We translate from

¨sÁµÁAvÀj¹ÛÃ«. English to Kannada

CªÀgÀÄ gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è EªÀvÀÄÛ They will interview a

¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÀnAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ film actress on the radio

today.

2.2 gÁªÀÄgÁªï ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°¸ÁÛgÉ Rama Rao teaches music

vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¸ÁÛ¼É Mother feeds milk

to the baby

£ÁªÀÅ CªÀ¤AzÀ ̧ ÀvÀå ºÉÃ½¹ÛÃ« We will make him to

utter the truth

CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ºÉÆ¸À PÁgÀÄ They will show us a new

vÉÆÃj¸ÁÛgÉ car

CªÀgÀÄ UÀÆAqÁUÀ½AzÀ £À£Àß£ÀÄß They will have beaten

ºÉÆqÉ¸ÁÛgÉ me by hoodlums

gÀªÀiÁ vÀ£Àß vÀAVAiÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ Áa¸ÁÛ¼É Rama will get her

younger sisters haircombed.

2.3 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ̧ ÀgÉÆÃf¤¬ÄAzÀ Mother gets the baby

ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹¸ÁÛ¼É fed with milk by

sarojini

£Á£ÀÄ £À£Àß ̧ ÉßÃ»vÀ¤UÉ £À£Àß I will have my friend

vÀªÀÄä¤AzÀ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ shown round Bangalore

vÉÆÃj¹¹ÛÃ¤ by my younger brother.

2.4 vÁªÀÅ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? Who are you (extra hon)?

2.4 vÀªÀÄä ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ? What is your Name ?

(May I know yourname?)

2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß PÉ®¸À vÁ£ÉÃ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É He does his work himself

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ vÁªÉÃ zÀ¸ÀgÁ The government itself

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ celebrates Dasara

2.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â Ugadi festival is celeb-

DZÀgÀuÉ ªÀÄqÁÛgÉ rated in Karnataka

CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á zÉÃªÀgÀ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ He worships God daily.

PÀªÀÄ® £À£Àß£ÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É Kamala imitates me


3.1 - isu in kannada has two functions. (1) as verbaliser. (2) as

causative. It functions as verbaliser when added to

borrowed nouns and as a causative, when added to native

verbs.

3.2 The function of verbaliser is to change a noun into a verb.

By adding __ isu to the loan words from Sanskrit and Urdu,

verbs can be derived. This is now being extended to the

nouns borrowed from English also.


Sanskrit nouns :

priiti + isu = priitisu 'to love'

dukha + isu = dukhisu 'go grieve'anveeshaNe + isu = anveeshisu 'to search'aacaraNe + isu = aacarisu 'to celebrate'alankaara + isu = alankarisu 'to decorate'SooshaNe + isu = Sooshisu 'to exploit'eerpaaDu + isu = eerpaDisu 'to arrange'

Urdu nouns :jamaavaNe + isu = jamaayisu 'to muster'cunaavaNe + isu = cunaayisu 'to elect'

English Nouns :

foon + isu = foonisu

Tayp + isu = Taypisu

Note that the above mouns can also be changed into verbs by compounding them with 'maaDu'

Priiti maaDu

alankaara maaDu

eerpaadu maaDu

jamaavane maaDu

cunaavane maaDu

foon maaDu

3.1.2 The causative denotes the action performed through an agent. Causative can be derived from both transitive and intransitive verbs.

The transitive verb is the one which takes an object and the intransitive does not.

naanu avaninda aa kelasa maaDistiini

'I will get that work done by him'

avaLu avaninda kaagada bareyistaaLe'She gets the letter written by him'

In the above sentences isu is added to the verbs maaDu and bare. Both of these verbs are transitive verbs. They take objects 'kelasa' and 'kaagada' respectively

naanu ooDtiini 'I run'naanu malgtiini 'I sleep'

In the above sentences 'ooDu' and 'malagu' are intintransitive verbs. They do not take objects. However by adding - isu they can be converted into transitive.

naanu avanannu ooDistiini'I make him run'

avaLu maguvaanu malagistaaLe'she puts the baby to sleep'

Here ooDu and malagu are added to - isu and becomes transitive verbs. Some of the transitive verbs have an inherent -isu. They also take - isu and form the causative meaning.

naanu avarige karnaaTaka tooristiini . (Transitive)

I show them KarnaTaka (myself)

naanu avarige KarnaaTaka toorsistiini (causative)

I get some one to show them round karnaTaka


4. Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words.

4.1.1 zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ _______

4.1.2 «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«ÄAiÀÄ ¢£À ̈ sÀÄªÀ£ÉÃ±ÀéjAiÀÄ ________ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ

4.1.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è __________ K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ

4.1.4 FUÀ zÀ¸ÀgÁ ________ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

4.1.5 CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ___________ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ.

4.2 Transform the following sentences into verbaliser

4.2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÉ®ÄV¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ̈ sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É

4.2.2 °Ã¯Á ¢£Á zÉÃªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É.

4.2.3 ¸ÀÄzÀ±Àð£À C«ÄvÁ¨ï §ZÀÑ£ï£À£ÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É

4.2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ¯Á M¨ÉÆâgÀ£ÉÆß§âgÀÄ ¦æÃw ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ

4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV zÀ¨ÁªÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É.

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs given inthe bracket

4.3.1 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä _________ (PÀÄr)

4.3.2 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ______________ (PÀ°)

4.3.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¹n¬ÄAzÀ vÀgÀPÁj ___________ (vÀgÀÄ)

4.3.4 gÀªÉÄÃ±À £À£ÀUÉ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ______________ (vÉÆÃgÀÄ)

4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ CªÀ¤AzÀ ̧ ÀvÀå ________________ (ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ)


4.4.1 FUÀ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ºÉÃUÉ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?

4.4.2 zÀ¸ÀgÁ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?

4.4.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?

4.4.5 zÀ¸ÀgÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ K£ÀÄ ?

4.4.5 §¤ßªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?

5. Vocabulary

CgÀªÀÄ£É 'palace'

DZÀgÀuÉ 'celebration'

DPÀµÀðuÉ 'attraction'

GzÁÏl£É 'inauguration'

K¥ÁðqÀÄ 'arrangement'

QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ 'sports festival'

dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj 'elephant parade'

¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ 'illumination'

£ÁqÀºÀ§â 'state festival'

¥ÀÆf¸ÀÄ 'to worship'

ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAd£É 'entertainment'

ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ 'procession'

gÁd 'king'

ªÀA±À 'family'

ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À 'exhibition'

«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥À 'electric bulb'

¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀgÀÄ 'musicians'

¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀZÉÃj 'music concert'



C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ 'imitation'

PÀ£ÀªÀj¸ÀÄ 'to talk in dreams'

PÀ°¸ÀÄ 'to teach'

vÀ¯É¨ÁZÀÄ 'comb the hair'

vÉÆÃj¸ÀÄ 'to show'

¥ÀæwªÉÄ 'statue'

¥ÀæwµÁ×¥À£É 'install'

¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 'translation'

¸ÀvÀå 'truth'

¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄ 'to intervies'

ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat'

¥ÁoÀ - 14

1. Dialogue :

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ When did you come to

§AzÉ ? Bangalore ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¤£Éß ̧ ÀAeÉ §AzÉ I came yesterday evening

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ ? At what time did you come ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸ÀAeÉ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ I came at seven o' clockin the morning

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : AiÀiÁPÉ CµÀÄÖ vÀqÀ ? Why were you so late ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ vÀqÀªÁV §AvÀÄ The train came late

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¤Ã£ÉÆ§â£ÉÃ §AzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you come alone ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è £À£Àß eÉÆvÉ £À£Àß vÀAV No. My younger sister

§AzÀ¼ÀÄ. came with me

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¤£Àß vÀªÀÄä §gÀ°¯Áé ? Didn't your youngerbrother come ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : §gÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß He didn't. He went with

CtÚ£À eÉÆvÉ ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ my elder brother to

ºÉÆÃzÀ Madras

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¤ªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄÃ£ÀÆ ºÉÆÃzÀgÁ? Did your mother also go ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è. CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è No. She didn't go. Next

CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄÄA¢£À ªÁgÀ week she is coming here.E°èUÉ §gÁÛgÉ.


ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¨Á, wAr w£ÀÄß Come, have tiffin

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¨ÉÃqÀ. DUÀ¯ÉÃ wAr wAzÉ No. I have had it already

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : PÁ¦üÃ£ÁzÀgÀÆ PÀÄr ̈ Á Come. at least have

coffee

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : PÁ¦üÃ£ÀÆ PÀÄrzÉ. DzÀgÀÆ I had coffee also. All

¸Àé®à PÉÆqÀÄ right, given me a little

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : FUÀ UÀAmÉ JµÀÄÖ ? What is the time now ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : FUÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉ Now it is eleven o' clock

AiÀiÁPÉ wAr EµÀÄÖ ̄ ÉÃlÄ ? Why breakfast is so late ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : EªÀvÀÄÛ vÀqÀªÁV JzÉÝ Today I got up late. It is

¨sÁ£ÀÄªÁgÀ £ÉÆÃqÀÄ sunday, you see

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸Àj, ̈ ÉÃUÀ wAr w£ÀÄß All right eat soon. Let

gÀªÉÄÃ±À£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ us go to Ramesh's

ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt house.

1.1 Dialogue :¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn

Kannada ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°è PÀ°vÉ I learnt it in Mysore

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : C°è J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn itthere ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : C°è zÀQët ¥ÁæAwÃAiÀÄ I learnt it in the southern¨sÁµÁ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ°è PÀ°vÉ Regional Language

Centre there.

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±ï : AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀµÀð PÀ°wj ? In which year did you

learn it ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃºÀgï : ¸Á«gÀzÀ MA¨ÉÊ£ÀÆgÁ I learnt it in 1980JA§vÀÛgÀ°è PÀ°vÉ.

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ É½UÉÎ JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ I got up in the morning

at eight

£ÁªÀÅ Hj¤AzÀ ¤£Éß §AzÉªÀÅ We came from our home

town yesterday

¤Ã£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you drink coffee ?

¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ? Did you bring that book ?

gÁdÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÉÆqÉzÀ Raju beat the child

gÁtÂ QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ Rani opened the windows

CªÀgÀÄ £À£Àß£ÀÄß PÀgÉzÀgÀÄ They called me

ºÀ¸ÀÄ ºÀÄ®Äè wAzÀªÀÅ The cow ate the grass

PÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrzÀªÀÅ The calves drank the milk

2.2 ©ºÁgÀzÀ°è d«ÄÃ£ÁÝgÀgÀÄ Zamindars killed coolies

PÀÆ°AiÀÄªÀgÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆAzÀgÀÄ in Bihar

¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è UÉ¢ÝvÀÄ India won the cricket

CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß The teachers scolded the

¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ. students.


CªÀgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀgÀÄ. He/she wrote a letter.

£Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÀ« ¸ÀAeÉ MAzÀÄ Ravi and I walked a

Q¯ÉÆ«ÄÃlgï £ÀqÉzÉªÀÅ. kilometer in the evening

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ CgÀtåzÀ°è ªÀÄgÀ PÀrzÀgÀÄ Thieves cut the trees in

the forest.

CªÀgÀÄ F ¸Áj ºÉZÀÄÑ PÀ§Äâ They grew more sugar

¨É¼ÉzÀgÀÄ. cane this time.

ºÀÄqÀÄV zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©zÀÝ¼ÀÄ The girl fell on the road

CUÀ¸À §mÉÖ MUÉzÀ. The washerman washed

the clothes.

ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½PÁgÀgÀÄ PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ ªÀÄÄjzÀgÀÄ The agitators broke the

law.

ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀUÀtÂ vÀÄ½¬ÄvÀÄ. The child stepped on

cow dung.

£Á£ÀÄ §¹ìUÉ vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ PÁzÉ I waited a long time for

the bus

¤£Éß CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è EzÀÝgÀÄ He/she was in Bangalore

yesterday

CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð¢AzÀ She fascinated him with

CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ her beauty

2.3 ²Ã® DlzÀ°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀ¼ÀÄ. Sheela lost in the game

UÁA¢üÃf ZÀgÀPÀ¢AzÀ £ÀÆvÀgÀÄ. Gandhiji spun with a

spinning wheel.

¸ÀPÀð¸ï zÀÄgÀAvÀzÀ°è £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ Hundreds of people died

d£À ¸ÀvÀÛgÀÄ in the circus tragedy.

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÃUÉ D «µÀAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉwj? How did you forget thatCªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ her beauty

ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÀÆ QwÛvÀÄ The child plucked the flower

¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learnmusic ?

¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ Padma gave birth to amale child

gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ Peasants ploughed the field.

2.4 ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV CvÀÛªÀÅ. Children cried loudly

CªÀgÀÄ ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ They drank coffeeslowly.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlj£À°è ªÉÃUÀªÁV She went fast on theºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. scooter.

2.5 ¨sÁgÀvÀ ºÁQAiÀÄ°è ¥ÁQ¸ÁÛ£ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É India didn't win againstUÉ®è°®è. pakistan in hockey.

§¸ÀÄì £À¢UÉ ©Ã¼À°®è The bus didn't fall intothe river

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ UÀÄ¯Á© ºÀÆ The neighbours didn'tQÃ¼À°®è pluck the roses.

£À£Àß vÀAzÉ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄ°®è My father didn't writeto me a letter

F zÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ AiÀiÁgÀÆ No body died out of¸ÁAiÀÄ°®è hunger in this country.



3.1 Past tense markers are introduced in this lesson. There are

many past tense markers in Kannada. Among them -d -

and -t are introduced in this lesson. There is no

conditioning to specify which verb takes -d- and -t - as past

marker. A list of verbs are given to facilitate the learner.

Ther structure of the past construction is,

verb root + personal termination.

The personal termination of the pronouns are given below

with verb root tinnu

person singular plural

First naanu tin-d-e (nu) naavu tin-d-evu

Second niinu tin-d-e niivu tin-d-iri

Third. Mas. avanu tin-d-a (nu) avaru tin-d-aru

Human Fem. avaLu tin-d-aLu

Neuter adu-tin-tu avu tin-d-avu

tin-d-itu

Third person neut. sg. has two personal terminations

namely -tu and -itu. -tu will be directly added to the verb

root. -itu is added with past tense.

The list of a few verbs with take - d - as past tense.

ºÉÆÃUÀÄ 'to go' ºÉÆÃzÉ

w£ÀÄß 'to eat' wAzÉ

PÀÄr 'to drink' PÀÄrzÉ

J¼É 'to pull' J¼ÉzÉ

PÀ¼É 'to subtract' PÀ¼ÉzÉ

vÀÄ½ 'to push down' vÀÄ½zÉ

ªÀÄÄj 'to break' ªÀÄÄjzÉ

¨É¼É 'to grow' ¨É¼ÉzÉ

MUÉ 'to wash' MUÉzÉ

PÀr 'to cut' PÀrzÉ

£ÀqÉ 'to walk' £ÀqÉzÉ

§gÉ 'to write' §gÉzÉ

PÉÆAiÀÄÄå 'to reap' PÉÆAiÉÄÝ

PÁAiÀÄÄ 'to wait' PÁAiÉÄÝ/PÁzÉ

©Ã¼ÀÄ 'to fall' ©zÉÝ

¨Á 'to come' §AzÉ

vÁ 'to bring' vÀAzÉ

vÉUÉ 'to open' vÉUÉzÉ

PÀgÉ 'to call' PÀgÉzÉ

PÉÆ®Äè 'to kill' PÉÆAzÉ

K¼ÀÄ 'to get up' JzÉÝ

EgÀÄ 'to be' EzÉÝ

UÉ®Äè 'to win' UÉzÉÝ

C£ÀÄß 'to say' CAzÉ

ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat' ºÉÆqÉzÉ

vÉÆ¼É 'to wash' vÉÆ¼ÉzÉ


The list of a few verbs which take - t - as past tense.

¸ÉÆÃ®Ä 'to be defeated' ¸ÉÆÃvÉ

QÃ¼ÀÄ 'to pluck' QvÉÛ

PÀ° 'to learn' PÀ°vÉ

D¼ÀÄ 'to weep' CvÉÛ

¸ÁAiÀÄÄ 'to die' ¸ÀvÉÛ

ºÉgÀÄ 'to give birth' ºÉvÉÛ(Human)

G¼ÀÄ 'to plough' GvÉÛ

£ÀÆ®Ä 'to weave' £ÀÆvÉ

ªÀÄgÉ 'to forget' ªÀÄgÉvÉ

Note the changes in some of the verbs, when -d- past-tense is added.

kollu + d + e = kondebayyu + d + e = baydeeeLu + d + e = eddegellu + d + e = geddebiiLu + d + e = biddekaayu + d + e = kaayde/kaadehoogu + d + e = hoode

- t - past tense :

kiiLu + t + e = kitte

saaytu + t + e = satte

soolu + t + e = soote

heru + t + e = hette

3.1.2 Past negation is obtained by adding -illa to the verb root. -al an infinitive suffix will be added to verb root before it takes illa.

tinnu + al + illa = tinnalilla

There is no Person, gender distinction. Negation is same for all persons and genders.

3.3 -ee is an emphatic marker. This is used to give emphasis on the intended category.

idee liDoo Taakiis

'This is Lido Talkies

naanu aagalee tiNdi tinde

'I have already taken tiffin'

3.4 Adverb can be derived by adding aagi to adjectives or nouns. When the adjective is a qualitative or a quantitative adjective aagi is added to their predicative forms.

keTTadaagi, hosadaagi, doDDadaagi

With other nouns and adjectives aagi is added to their base forms :

tadavaagi, kempaagi, cennagi

4. Exercise :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the past tense forms of the verbs given in the bracket :

4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ _____________ (¨Á)

4.1.2 ±ÉÊ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV _______________ (§gÉ)

4.1.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀ ________________ (ºÉgÀÄ)

4.1.4 ªÀÄUÀÄ gÁwæ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ _____________ (K¼ÀÄ)


4.1.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ ____________ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)

4.1.6 CªÀgÀÄ DlzÀ°è _______________ (¸ÉÆÃ®Ä)

4.1.7 gÉÊ®Ä C¥ÀWÁvÀzÀ°è LzÀÄ d£À ______________ (¸ÁAiÀÄÄ)

4.1.8 £ÁªÀÅ ¤£Éß ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è _________________ (EgÀÄ)

4.2 Transform into past :

4.2.1 ªÀÄzsÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É

4.2.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©Ã¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

4.2.3 PÀªÀÄ® ̧ ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É.

4.2.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É

4.2.5 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß PÉÆ®ÄèvÁÛ£É.

4.3 Transform into non-past :

4.3.1 ¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ

4.3.2 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ

4.3.3 gÁtÂ QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ

4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ?

4.3.5 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÉ.

4.4 Transform into negative :

4.4.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ

4.4.2 K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉ.

4.4.3 £ÁªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ PÀ°vÉªÀÅ

4.4.4 £Á£ÀÄ D «µÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄgÉvÉ

4.4.5 vÀAzÉ £À£Àß£ÀÄß ̈ ÉÊzÀgÀÄ.

4.5 Translate into Kannada :

4.5.1 I wrote a letter to my friend

4.5.2 We walked three miles yesterday

4.5.3 She wept for half an hour.

4.5.4 He died of heart attack

4.5.4 He called me a fool.


CgÀtå 'forest'

Dl 'game'

PÀ§Äâ 'sugarcane'

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ 'thieves'

PÁUÀzÀ 'paper'

PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ 'law'

QlQ 'window'

PÀÆ° 'coolie'

ZÀgÀPÀ 'spinning wheel'

ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½UÁgÀgÀÄ 'agitators'

d«ÄÃ£ÁÝgÀ 'zamindar'/'landlord'

zÀÄgÀAvÀ 'tragedy'

£À¢ 'river'

¥ÀvÀæ 'letter'

gÉÊvÀgÀÄ 'peasants'

«µÀAiÀÄ 'thing/matter'

¸ÀUÀtÂ 'cowdung'


¸É¼É 'to fascinate'

¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð 'beauty'

ºÀ¹ªÀÅ 'bunger'

ºÀÄ®Äè 'grass'

ºÉÆ® 'field'


¥ÁoÀ - 15

1. Dialogue :

gÁdÄ : ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á ? Did you meet Mohan

yesterday ?

gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¹UÀ°®è. ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á ? No. He didn't Did you

meet him ?

gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ. ¹nAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ Yes. I met him in the city.

¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤ He told me that he was

CAvÀ CAzÀ. going to see you

gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¤£Éß §gÀ°®è. K£ÀÄ No. He didn't come yester

¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ ? day. What is the matter ?

gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ He said that he left the job

gÁªÀÄÄ : AiÀiÁPÉ ? Why ?

gÁdÄ : CªÀgÀ vÀAzÉ Hj£À°è d«ÄÃ£ÀÄ It seems his father bought

PÉÆAqÀgÀAvÉ. CzÀPÉÌ land at his place. That is

why.

gÁªÀÄÄ : K£ÀÄ d«ÄÃ£ÀÄ ? What land ?

gÁdÄ : vÉAV£À vÉÆÃl. EªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀgÀ A coconut plantation. It

ªÉÄÃ°éZÁgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£ÀAvÉ appears he will look after

that.

gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ JPÀgÉ ? How many acres ?

gÁdÄ : ºÀvÀÄÛ JPÀgÉ Ten acres

gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ ? How much did they pay ?

gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ®PÀë PÉÆlÖgÀÄ CAzÀ He said that they paid onelakh

gÁªÀÄÄ : ¥ÀgÀªÁV®è. PÀrªÉÄ ̈ É¯ÉÃ£É. Not bad. It isn't a bigprice

1.1 Dialogue :

CgÀ«AzÀ : ¤£Éß ̈ É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉ Till what time did you

vÀ£ÀPÀ Dl Dr¢j ? play yesterday morning ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ DrzÉªÀÅ We played till ten o' clock

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ ? Who won ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : CªÀgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ, £ÁªÀÅ They won, we lost¸ÉÆÃvÉªÀÅ

CgÀ«AzÀ : DªÉÄÃ¯É K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁr¢j ? What did you do

ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À¯ÉèÃ E¢ÝgÁ ? afterwards ? Were you in

the hostel ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D ªÉÄÃ¯É ̧ Áß£À ªÀiÁrzÉ. Afterwards I took bath.

¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Around one o' clock I ate

Hl ªÀiÁrzÉ. JgÀqÀÄ meal. I slept from two o'

UÀAmÉ¬ÄAzÀ £Á®ÄÌ clock until four.

UÀAmÉªÀgÉUÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÉ.

CgÀ«AzÀ : ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÁ ? Didn't you go to the city ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÉ I went at five o' clock.

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ºÉÆÃ¢j ? Who all went ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : £Á£ÀÄ gÀªÉÄÃ±À ºÉÆÃzÉªÀÅ Ramesh and I went

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ ¹¤ªÀiÁ Did you see any movie ?£ÉÆÃr¢gÁ ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : E®è. AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ£ÀÆ No. Wandered here and

£ÉÆÃqÀ°®è. JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ there till eight o' clock. We

C°è E°è ̧ ÀÄvÁÛrzÉªÀÅ had coffee in Kamath. We

PÁªÀÄvï£À°è PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉªÀÅ. returned at nine o' clock.MA§vÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥À¸ï§AzÉªÀÅ.

2. Pattern drill

2.1 ªÉÆÃºÀ£À¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹QÌvÀÄ Mohan got a job.

gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ I met Raju on the way

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ The boys laughed in the

class.

F wAUÀ¼À ̧ ÀA§¼ÀzÀ°è ºÀvÀÄÛ Ten rupees remained out of

gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä «ÄQÌvÀÄ. this month's salary.

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ. Thieves entered the house

2.2 PÀÄªÀiÁgÀ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä Kumar gave me ten rupeesPÉÆlÖ

UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ Hoodlums burnt the

¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀÄlÖgÀÄ prajavani newspaper.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉlÖ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀ He was spoiled in the

¸ÀºÀªÁ¸À¢AzÀ PÉlÖ company of bad boys.


£Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ©mÉÖ I left the rented house.

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ̈ ÁåAQ£À°è Did you keep the money in

EnÖgÁ ? the bank ?

£À£Àß ̧ ÉßÃ»vÉ ºÉÆ¸À ¹ÃgÉ GlÖ¼ÀÄ. My friend (fem). put on a

new saree.

§¸ÀÄì ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆgÀnvÀÄ. Bus started at ten o' clock.

¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄAzÉ JµÀÄÖ How many coconut plants

vÉAV£À VqÀ £ÉnÖj ? did you plant in front of

your house ?

ªÀiÁ«£À ºÀtÄÚ PÉnÖvÀÄ. The mango fruit was spoilt.

ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ ºÀ§âzÀ ¢£À ºÉÆ¸À §mÉÖ Children put on new clothes

vÉÆlÖgÀÄ. on the festive day.

2.3 gÁªÀÄgÁAiÀÄgÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À ªÀÄ£É Rama Rao bought a new

PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. house.

D¼ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ GAqÀgÀÄ. Servants ate ragi balls.

£Á£ÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ºÁªÀÅ I saw a snake on the way.PÀAqÉ

2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆmÉÖ ºÀÄuÁÚUÀÄªÀAvÉ He didn't laugh himself to

£ÀUÀ°®è. death

CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ §ºÀÄªÀiÁ£À They didn't give me the

PÉÆqÀ°®è prize.

£ÁªÀÅ ̧ ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ̧ ÀjAiÀiÁV We didn't start on time.ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.

gÁVtÂ ºÉÆ¸À ¹ÃgÉ PÉÆ¼Àî°®è. Ragini didn't buy a new

saree

£À£ÀUÉ ̧ ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀt PÁt°®è. The solar eclipse was not

visible to me

2.5 £Á£ÀÄ CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉÆ½ÛÃ¤ I cook for myself.

CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß §mÉÖ vÁ£ÉÃ He washes his own

MUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÁÛ£É. clothes.

«ªÀÄ¯É vÀ¯É ̈ ÁaPÉÆ¼ÁÛ¼É. Vimala combs her hair

CªÀgÀÄ ̧ Áß£À ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. He took a bath

CªÀ£ÀÄ DvÀäºÀvÉå ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀ He committed suicide.

2.6 gÁªÀÄÄ £Á¼É ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ Ramu said that he will go

ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤ CAvÀ CAzÀ to Bangalore tomorrow.

¥ÀjÃPÉë ¦üÃ¸ÀÄ PÀlÄÖ CAvÀ £ÀªÀÄä My father gave me money

vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ asking me to pay the

examination fee

CªÀ¤UÉ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ He desires to see BrindavanCAvÀ D¸É

2.7 ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £Á¼É zÉºÀ°UÉ It seems the chief minister

ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÀAvÉ goes to Delhi tomorrow.

«zsÁ£À ̧ ËzsÀzÀ ̧ ÀÄvÀÛ ̈ ÉÃ° It seems they are putting

ºÁQ¸ÁÛgÀAvÉ up a fence around Vidhana

Soudha

£Á¼É £À£Àß ̈ sÁªÀ HjUÉ It seems my brother-in-law

§gÁÛgÀAvÉ. will come to town

tomorrow.


2.8 ªÀÄºÁvÀä UÁA¢üÃAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ Mahatma Gandhi fought

¸ÁévÀAvÀæöåPÉÌ ºÉÆÃgÁrzÀgÀÄ. for the freedom of India.

¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸ÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀjUÉ Purandaradasa gave away

L±ÀéAiÀÄð zÁ£À ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ. his wealth as charity to the

poor

PÀvÉÛUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á eÉÆÃgÁV The donkeys ran very fast.NrzÀªÀÅ.

«±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå PÀÈµÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ Visweswaraiah constructed

PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ. Krishana Raja Sagar.

£Á£ÀÄ QlQ ªÀÄÄaÑzÉ I closed the window.

d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ºÉÆ¸À ̧ ÀPÁðgÀ The Janatha party formed

gÀa¹vÀÄ. a new Government.

¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ At what time did you sleep

ªÀÄ®V¢j ? Yesterday ?

¤ªÀÄä ±ÀlÄð J°è ºÉÆ°¹¢j ? Where did you have your

shirt made ?

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÖ£ÉÃ ¥ÁoÀ N¢zÉ ? Which lesson did you read

yesterday ?

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ ¹UÀgÉÃmï How many cigarates did

¸ÉÃ¢zÀ ? he smoke yesterday ?

£Á£ÀÄ PÀxÉ ºÉÃ½zÉ, CªÀgÀÄ I narrated a story, they

PÉÃ½zÀgÀÄ. listened.

2.9 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ ¥ÁoÀ The boys didn't read the

NzÀ°®è. tenth lesson.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA§°®è She didn't believe him.

¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÉ ¥Àæ±Éß The journalists didn't put

PÉÃ¼À°®è. questions to the Chief

Minister.

£ÁªÀÅ E°è C°è ̧ ÀÄvÁÛqÀ°®è. We din't roam here and

there.


Past tense -k - ; - T - ; - D - ; and -id- are introduced here. Unlike the past tense markers introduced in the previous lessons these past tense markers are conditioned in the following manner.

3.1 Verbs with cvc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is -g- (e.g. n + a + g) take -k- as past - tense. Please note that 'c' stands for consonant and 'v' stands for short vowel. The final vowel - u doesn't have any value.

Sig (u) + k + a = sikka 'he met (some one)'nag (u) + k + a = naaka. 'he laughed'

Note that when -k- is added, the last consonant -g- is assimilated with -k- resulting in -kk-

3.2 Verbs with (c) vc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is D (e.g. i + D; k + e + D) take -T- as pasttense.

biD (u) + T + e = bitte 'I left'

iD (u) + T + e = itte 'I kept'

-D- is assimilated with -T- when added.


Although 'horaDu' doesn't have the same syllabic structure as the above words, its past tense form is however is 'horaTe'

3.3 There are only three verbs which take -D- as past tense mark. They are.

kaaN(u) + D + e = kaNDe 'I saw'

uNN(u) + D + e = uNDe 'I ate (meals)'

koLLu koN/- D koN +D + e= koNDe.'I bought'

Notice the change form L to N in koLLu

koLLu as a main verb means 'to buy'. This will also be used as an auxillary verb in refiexive construction. Refiexive indicates that the benefactor of the action of the verb is the performer himself. This is obtained by adding koLLu to the verbal prticiple of the main verb.

avanu baTTe ogedu koLtaane'he washes his clothes'

avaLu aDige maaDikoLtaaLe''She cooks for herself'

3.4 -id- past tense takes three categories of verbs.

3.4.1 (c) V V syllabic patternkeeLu (u) + id + e = keeLide 'I asked/listened'aaD (u) + id + e = aaDide 'I played'

Note that VV stands for long vowel

3.4.2 CVCC syllabic patternhatt (u) + id + e = hattide 'I climbed'

mucc(u) + id + e = muccide 'I closed'namb(u) = id + e = nambide 'I believed'

3.4.3 Multi syllabic

The verbs with more than two syllables. Causatives also come under this category.

toorisu + id + e = tooriside 'I showed'malagu + id + e = malagide 'I slept'maataaDu + id + e = maataDide 'I spoke'

The verbs referred under the earlier past tense markers are exceptions to this rule as well.

3.5 anta is used in the construction of indirect speech. It occurs immediately after the reported clause.

avanu bengaLuurige hoogtiini anta heeLida'He said that he is going to Bangalore'

3.6 ante is reportive form

apaghaatadalli nuuru jana sattarante'It seems hundred persons died in accident'

avaru naaLe bartaarante'It seems he is coming tomorrow'

4. Exercise :

4.1 Substitute and complete the sentence :

4.1.1 PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ̈ Á¼É vÉÆÃlªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ

D£É ______________________

4.1.2 ²æÃªÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ̧ ÀÄlÖgÀÄ.

£ÁªÀÅ ______________________


4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ElÖ

CªÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________

4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÉ

CªÀgÀÄ _____________________

4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÀ¼ÀÄ

£Á¬Ä _____________________

4.1.6 £ÁªÀÅ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ ¦üÃ¸ÀÄ PÀnÖzÉªÀÅ

£Á£ÀÄ _____________________

4.1.7 ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¬ÄvÀÄ

¨ÉPÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________

4.2 Transform the following sentences into past tense4.2.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ C¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ

4.2.2 CªÀgÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

4.2.3 £Á¼É gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÄÌvÁÛ£É.

4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É HgÀÄ ©qÀÄvÁÛ£É.

4.2.5 ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è vÀÄA¨Á ̧ ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ «ÄUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

4.3 Transform into negative4.3.1 ¤£Éß ªÀÄ¼É §AvÀÄ

4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ̈ ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄaÑzÀgÀÄ.

4.3.3 PÉAUÀ¯ï ºÀ£ÀÄªÀÄAvÀAiÀÄå «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ.

4.3.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃrzÀ£ÀÄ.

4.3.5 gÀªÉÄÃ±À ºÉÆ¸À ZÀ¥Àà° PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ.

4.3.6 £À£ÀUÉ £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

4.3.7 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ̧ ÀÄªÀÄä£É £ÀPÀÌ¼ÀÄ.

4.3.8 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß vÀÄA¨Á d£À gÁdgÀÄ D½zÀgÀÄ.

4.4 Translate into Kannada

4.4.1 How much advance did you pay for that house ?

4.4.2 I bought two shirts in Bangalore

4.4.3 What places did you see in Karnataka ?

4.4.4 We played volleyball till 6 o' clock.

4.4.5 She narrated a story.


4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?

4.5.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁªÀ ̧ ÀÜ¼À £ÉÆÃr¢j ?

4.5.3 «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ ?

5. Vocabulary

d«ÄÃ£ÀÄ 'land'

¹UÀÄ 'to be available'

¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀÄ 'to wander'

®PÀë 'lakh'


DvÀäºÀvÉå 'suicide'

EqÀÄ 'to keep'

GqÀÄ 'to put on clothes' - like

saree, dhoti

GtÄÚ 'to eat meals'

L±ÀéAiÀÄð 'wealth'


PÀnÖ¸ÀÄ 'to build'

PÀvÉÛ 'donkey'

PÀ¼Àî 'thief'

QlQ 'window'

PÉqÀÄ 'to be spoiled'

UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ 'hoodlums'

vÉÆqÀÄ 'to put on clothes'

zÁ£À 'charity'

£ÉqÀÄ 'to plant'

¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ 'journalists'

§ºÀÄªÀiÁ£À 'presentation'

¨ÉÃ° 'fence'

gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ 'ragi balls'

¸ÀPÁðgÀ 'government'

¸ÀºÁªÁ¸À 'company'

¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå 'independence'

¸ÀÄqÀÄ 'to burn'

¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀtÅ 'solar eclipse'

ºÁªÀ 'snake'

ºÀÄtÄÚ 'wound'

ºÉÆmÉÖ 'stomach'


¥ÁoÀ - 16

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ

UÀAmÉUÉ K½ÛÃj ?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ K½ÛÃ¤.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : JzÀÄÝ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj ?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : JzÀÄÝ ªÁQAUï

ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤. ªÁQAUï

ºÉÆÃV §AzÀÄ ºÀ®Äè

GfÓPÉÆ½ÛÃ¤. ºÀ®Äè

GfÓ PÉÆAqÀÄ PÁ¦ü

PÀÄrÃwÃ¤.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀ®Äè GfÓPÉÆ¼ÀîzÉ PÁ¦ü

PÀÄrAiÀÄ¯Áé?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : E®è, £À£ÀUÉ C¨sÁå¸À

E®è. PÁ¦ PÀÄrzÀÄ

¥ÉÃ¥Àgï M¢ÛÃ¤.

¥ÉÃ¥Àgï N¢ ¸Áß£À

ªÀiÁrÛÃ¤.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : vÀtÂÚÃj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛgÉÆÃ

©¹¤Ãj£À°è

ªÀiÁrÛÃgÉÆÃ?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : ©¹ ¤Ãj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛÃ¤.

At what time do you get up in the

morning ?

I get up at six o'clock.

After getting up, what do you do?

I go for a walk. After the walk, I

brush my teeth and I drink coffee.

Don't you drink coffee without

brushing your teeth ?

No, I have no such habits. After

drinking coffee I read the news

paper. After reading the news

paper, I have my bath.

Do you take bath in cold water or

in hot water ?

I take bath in hot water .

1. Dialogue

2.1 £Á£ÀÄ wAr wAzÀÄ PÁ¦ü

PÀÄrÃwÃ¤.

£ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ

§AzÀÄ zÉºÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ.

ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀÄ ¨É¼É ¨É¼É¬ÄvÀÄ.

ªÀÄUÀÄ ªÀÄAZÀ¢AzÀ PÉ¼ÀUÉ ©zÀÄÝ

ºÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄjzÀÄPÉÆArvÀÄ.

CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°vÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV

ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀÄ vÀ¯É

vÀVÎ¹vÀÄ.

gÀ«Ã±À PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÄÌ

CzsÁå¥ÀPÀjAzÀ ¨ÉÊ¹PÉÆAqÀ.

JvÀÄÛ vÉÆÃlPÉÌ ºÉÆPÀÄÌ ¨Á¼É

VqÀ vÀA¢vÀÄ.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸Á®PÉÌ §rØ PÉÆlÄÖ

§qÀªÁzÀ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ VqÀ £ÉlÄÖ ©lÄÖ ¤ÃgÀÄ

ºÁQzÀ¼ÀÄ.

£Á£ÀÄ ¸Áß£À ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ

zÉÃªÀgÀ ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁrzÉ.

After tiffin, I drink coffee.

My father will come to

Bangalore and then goes to

Delhi.

When rained and the crops grew.

The child fell from the cot and

broke its teeth.

Having learnt kannada, they

speak it well.

India lost in cricket and bowed

down its head.

Ravish laughed in the class and

got a scolding from the teacher.

A bullock broke into the garden

and ate the plantain tree.

He paid interest on the loan and

became poor.

She planted the plant and

watered it.

I took bath and worshipped

God.

Lesson 16/145

2. Pattern drill : DªÉÄÃ¯É Hl

ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ D¦üÃ¹UÉ

ºÉÆgÀqÀÄwÛÃ¤.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : wAr w£ÀßzÉÃ?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : ºËzÀÄ, ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß

ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è. wAr

vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D¦üÃ¹UÉ ºÉÃUÉ

ºÉÆÃVÛÃj?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : §¸ÀÄì »rzÀÄ

ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤. PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä

§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ

DUÀÄvÉÛ. DUÀ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è

ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤ .

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀÄ

K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï : PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¸ÉßÃ»vÀgÀ

eÉÆvÉ ºÀgÀmÉ

ºÉÆrÃwÃ¤. ºÀgÀmÉ

ºÉÆqÉzÀÄ ©lÄÖ JAlÄ

UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ K£ÁzÀÆæ

N¢ÛÃ¤. N¢ Hl

ªÀiÁr ªÀÄ®VÛÃ¤.

Afterwards I eat my meal and I

go to office.

Without eating breakfast ?

Yes I don't go home in the after

noon. I carry tiffin with me.

How do you go to office ?

By bus. Sometimes it is a

problem getting a bus. In that

case I go by auto.

What do you do in the evening

after coming home ?

I drink coffee and chat with my

friends. When I have finished

chatting, I read something or

other till eight o'clock. After

reading I have meal and go to

bed.


CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À ¹ÃgÉ PÉÆAqÀÄ

PÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.

2.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV ¹¤ªÀiÁ

£ÉÆÃr §AzÀgÀÄ.

£ÁªÀÅ ¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÀt PÀnÖ

§AzÉªÀÅ.

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃ¢

PÉ«ÄÛÃAiÀiÁ ?

EA¢gÁ UÁA¢ü ¨sÁµÀt PÉÃ½

d£À £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®V

ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.

2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃV

«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ £ÉÆÃqÀzÉ §AzÀgÀÄ.

zÉÃªÀgÀÄ CªÀjUÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ

ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EgÀ°.

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀzÉ GvÀÛgÀ

§gÉzÉAiÀiÁ ?

CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

£ÉÆÃqÀzÉ ªÀÄzÀÄªÉUÉ

M¦àPÉÆAqÀ.

2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄzÉ

D¦üÃ¹UÉ ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.

She bought a new saree (and came)

They went to city and saw a film (and came)

We paid the money at the bank and came.

Do you cough when you smoke cigarettes ?

People laughed listening to India Gandhi's speech.

She slept at ten o'clock and got up at twelve o'clock.

They went to Bangalore and came back without seeing Vidhana Soudha.

May God do them no good.

Did you write the answer without reading the lesson?

He agreed to get marry without seeing the girl.

I did not leave for the office without drinking coffee.

Lesson 16/147

£Á£ÀÄ nPÉmï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀîzÉ

£ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃqÀ°®è.

qÁPÀÖgï ºÀt vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀîzÉ

OµÀzsÀ PÉÆqÀ®è.

We didn't see the play without

buying the tickets.

The doctor will not give

medicne without taking money.

3. Key to learners

3.1 The past participle / verbal participle form is intro

duced in the lesson. The function of the past

participle is to show the completion of one action

and an anticipation of another one.

naanu avanannu nooDi bengaLuurige hoode.

`having seen him, i went to Bangalore.'

-u and -i are two past participle markers in

Kannada.

-u is added to the verbs which take -d-;-t-;-k-;-D-;

and -T- as past tense markers. (ref. lessons 14 & 15)

The structure is,

verb root + past tense + verbal partilciple market

tinnu + d + u = tindu.

rameeSa kalleejige bandu sinimaakke hooda.

Ramesh came to college and went to a film.

IvaLu kannaDa kalitu haaDu haaDtaaLe

She learns Kannada and sings a song.

naanu laLemane biTTu hosa manege bande.

I left the old house and came to a new house.

avanu daariyalli sikku maattaDisida.

He met me on the way and talked to me.


Lesson 16/149

ondu pustaka konDu bande.

I bought a book (and came)

-i- is added to the verbs which take

-i- is added straightaway to the verb

root. Thus the structure is,

verb root + verbal participle

maaDu + i = maaDi

naanu + peeper oodi snaana maaDide.

I read newspaper and took a bath.

avanannu nambi naanu haaLaade.

I believed him and got spoiled.

magu nidde maaDi edditu

The child slept and got up.

avanu uurige hoogi ivattu banda.

He went to his hometown and came today.

`hoogu' and àagu' through they take -d- as past

tense, they take as past participle. Thease two are

exeptions.

3.2 The verbal participle negation is -ade. It will be added to the verb root.

naanu simimaa nooDade bande. I came without seeing a movie.avanu nanna maatu keeLade hooda. He went without listening to my words. avaLu bas caarj koDade prayaaNa maaDidaLu.She travelled without paying the bus fare.

If the double negation is used, the positive meaning

will be obtained.

- tense. But here

-i

id- as past

Siita hallu ujjade kaafi kudiyalla.Sita don't drink coffee without brushing her teeth. nannu kaagada bareyade uurige hoogalilla.I didn't go to my hometown without writing a

letter.

3.3 The verbal participle of the verb biDu is used some

times with the past participle of the other verbs. This is used either for emphasis or with on specifi

cation. avanu tinDi biTTu banda.

naanu siTige hoogi biTTu baralilla.

4. Exercise4.1 Fill in the blanks using the verbal participle forms of the

verbs given in the brackets.

4.1.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ wAr _________, PÁ¦ü _________(w£ÀÄß, PÀÄr)

4.1.2 CªÀgÀÄ EªÀvÀÄÛ Hj¤AzÀ _______£Á¼É §gÁÛgÉ. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)

4.1.3 D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ ªÀÄ£É ____________ºÉÆÃzÀ..(©qÀÄ)

4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ _________________ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÀÄ. (PÀ°)

4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ __________________ CvÀÛ¼ÀÄ. (NzÀÄ)

4.1.6 d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ZÀÄªÁuÉAiÀÄ°è ______ C¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ §AvÀÄ. (UÉ®Äè)

4.1.7 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß__________eÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ. (PÉÆ®Äè)

4.1.8 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß _______________PÉlÖ¼ÀÄ. (£ÀA§Ä)

4.2 Combine the following sentences using the verbal participle

marker.

4.2.1 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.


Lesson 16/151

4.2.2 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÄ.

CªÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁµÀt ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.

4.2.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.

4.2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.

£Á£ÀÄ JA. J. N¢zÉ.

4.2.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ̧ ÉÃ¢ÛÃ¤.

£Á£ÀÄ ̧ ÀAvÉÆÃµÀ ¥ÀrÛÃ¤.

4.3 Split the following sentences into smaller sentences.

4.3.1 ¤Ã §AzÀÄ ¤AvÁUÀ ¤AvÀÄ ¤Ã £ÀPÁÌUÀ £ÀPÀÄÌ ¤Ã £À°zÁUÀ

£Á ¸ÉÆÃvÉ.

4.3.2 ºÁ¹UÉ¬ÄAzÀ JzÀÄÝ ºÀ®Äè GfÓ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï

NzÁÛgÉ.

4.3.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr vÀ¯É£ÉÆÃªÀÅ §AzÀÄ qÁPÀÖgï ºÀwÛgÀ

ºÉÆÃV OµÀ¢ü vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÀÄrzÉ.

4.4 Transform the following sentences into reflexive

4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ̈ É½UÉÎ ºÀ®Äè GeÁÛ£É.

4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ PÉÊPÁ®Ä ªÀÄÄR vÉÆ½ÃvÁgÉ.

4.4.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ ÁZÁÛ¼É.

4.4.4 gÁªÀÄÄ §mÉÖ MVvÁ£É.

4.4.5 PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÁoÀ §jÃvÁ¼É.

4.5 Transform into negative sentences using negative verbal participle

4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr §AzÉ.

4.5.2 PÁUÀzÀ §gÉzÀÄ MAzÀÄ wAUÀ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.

4.5.3 gÉÊ°£À°è nPÉmï ¹QÌ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ªÀiÁrzÉ.

4.5.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ̈ ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.

4.5.5 J®ègÀÆ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA© PÉlÖgÀÄ.

4.5.6 CªÀ½UÉ ªÀÄzÀÄªÉAiÀiÁV ºÀÄZÀÄÑ »r¬ÄvÀÄ.

4.5.7 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV N¢ ¥Á¸ÁzÀ.

4.6 Change the follow sentences into double negation.

4.6.1 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀA§¼À vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ.

4.6.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ HlªÀiÁr ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.

4.6.3 ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ Dl Dr ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ.

4.6.4 £Á¬Ä ̈ ÉÆUÀ½ PÀaÑvÀÄ.

4.7 Translate into Kannada.

4.7.1 He cooks his own food.

4.7.2 There is no drinking water without rains.

4.7.3 I got headache by seeing that movie.

4.7.4 I bought a book paying hundred rupees.

4.7.5 He is staying in that house without paying rent.

4.8 Answer th following questions.

4.8.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ̧ Áß£À ªÀiÁqÀzÉ D¦üÃ¹UÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?

4.8.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀzÉ EjÛÃgÁ?

4.8.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ ̧ ÀAeÉ ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?

4.8.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÁqÁÛ ̧ Áß£À ªÀiÁrÛÃgÁ?

4.8.5 ¤ÃªÉÃ CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉÆ½ÛÃgÁ? ¤ªÀÄä §mÉÖ ¤ÃªÉÃ

MUÉzÀÄPÉÆ½ÛÃgÁ ?


Lesson 16/153

5. Vocabulary

C¨sÁå¸À `practice/habit'

PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä `sometime'

vÀtÂÚÃgÀÄ `cold water'

©¹ ¤ÃgÀÄ `hot water'

¸Áß£À ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to take bath'

ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆr `to chat'

ºÀ®Äè `teeth'

ºÀ®Äè GdÄÓ `to brush the teeth'


JvÀÄÛ `bullock' (n)

`to lift' (v)

OµÀzsÀ `medicine'

PÀZÀÄÑ `to bite'

PÁ®Ä `leg'

PÉªÀÄÄä `to cough'

PÉÊ `hand'

VqÀ `plant'

vÀ¯É `head'

vÀ¯ÉvÀVÎ¸ÀÄ `to bow down one's head

zÀÄqÀÄØ `money'

zÉÃªÀgÀÄ `god'

¥ÀÆeÉ `worship'

§rØ ìnterest'

¨É¼É `crop' (n)

`to grow' (v)

¨Á¼ÉVqÀ `plantain tree'

¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÀÄ `to bark'

¨sÁµÀt `Speech'

ªÀÄ¼É `rain'

ªÀÄAZÀ `cot'

ªÀÄÄR `face'

¸Á® `loan'

ºÀt PÀlÄÖ `to pay money'

ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `madness'


1. Dialogue:

Lesson 16/155

PÀÈµÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ J°è

PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É ?

gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂAiÀÄ°è

PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

PÀÈµÀÚ : C°è K£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ

EzÁ£É?

gÀAUÀ : j¥ÉÆÃlðgï DV PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ£É.

PÀÈµÀÚ : J°è? ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À¯ÉèÃ

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£Á?

gÀAUÀ : E®è. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è

ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è. ºÀÄ§â½î

AiÀÄ°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

PÀÈµÀÚ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä J°è PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ?

gÀAUÀ : ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.

PÀÈµÀÚ : C°è AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ

PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ

EzÁ£Á ?

¥ÁoÀ - 17

Where is Rajashekara work ing at present ?

Now he is working in prajavani.

What is he doing there?

He is working as a reporter.

Where? Is he working in Bangalore

No. He is not working in Bangalore. He is working at Hubli.

Where was he working earlier?

He was working in Mysore.

Was he working there in some college ?

gÀAUÀ : PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ

EgÀ°®è. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÆÃ

¥ÉæöÊªÉÃmï PÀA¥É¤AiÀÄ°è


PÀÈµÀÚ : DUÀ¯ÉÃ CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À

§jÃvÁ EzÀÝ£Á ?

gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. §jÃvÁ EzÀÝ.

PÀÈµÀÚ : CªÀ£À vÀªÀÄä M§â

EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï NzÁÛ

EzÀÝ£Á?

gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. NzÁÛ EzÀÝ.

PÀÈµÀÚ : FUÀ E°è EzÁ£É?

gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è

ºÉZï.JA.n.AiÀÄ°è PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

PÀÈµÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ®Æ

vÀÄA¨ÁPÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À

§jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£Á?

gÀAUÀ : vÀÄA¨Á §jÃvÁ EgÀ®è.

DUÁUÉå §jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£É.

PÀÈµÀÚ : ¤£Àß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ

EgÁÛ£Á?

gÀAUÀ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á §gÁÛ

EzÀÝ. FUÀ MAzÉÆAzÀÄ

¸Áj §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.

He was not working in a college. He was working in some private company.

Was he writing stories and poems even at that time?

Yes. He used to write.

Was one of his younger brothers studying Engineering?

Yes. He was studying

Where is he now ?

He is now working in H.M.T in Bangalore.

Does Rajashekara still write stories and poetry.?

He dosn't write much. He. writes now and then.

Does he come to see you ?

He used to come frequently earlier. Now he comes once in a while.


1. Pattern drill

Lesson 17/157

2.1 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß MqÉAiÀÄgÀ ªÀA±À

zÀªÀgÀÄ D¼ÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°è »AzÉ ªÀÄ»µÁ

¸ÀÄgÀ JA§ gÁPÀë¸À ªÁ¸À


±ÁAvÀ¯É CzÀÄãvÀªÁV £Álå

ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.

£Á£ÀÄ w¥ÀlÆj£À°è ºÉÊ¸ÀÆÌ®Ä

NzÁÛ EzÉÝ.

¤£Éß gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è anÖ¨Á§Ä

«ÃuÉ §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.

¤ÃªÀÅ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä E°è PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj?

ºÀj±ÀÑAzÀæ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¸ÀvÀå

ºÉÃ¼ÁÛ EzÀÝ.

2.2 ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ Dl DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

²Ã® PÁzÀA§j NzÁÛ EzÁ¼É.

gÉÊ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV

NqÁÛ EªÉ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀ¥À¸Àì£ÀÄß PÉr¸ÁÛ

EzÁ¼É.

¸ÉÆ¸ÉÊnAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ

EzÁgÉ.

The wodeyar dynasty used to rule Mysore.

A demon by name Mahishasura lived inMysore long ago.

Shantala used to dance splendidly.

I used to study in high school in Tiptur.

Chittubabu's veena perfor- mance was broadcast over the radio yesterday.

Where were you working earlier?

Harischandra was telling truth always.

Children are playing.

Sheela is reading a novel.

Trains are runningng in time.

She is disturbing my penance.

Sugar is being given at consumers' society.

ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁqÁÛ

EzÁgÉ.

2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á D ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ

§gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.

±ÁåªÀÄ® ¥Àæw ¢£À ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ

UÀAmÉUÉ ºÁqÀÄ ºÁqÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É.

D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á UÀ¯ÁmÉ

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÁÛgÉ.

CªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ

E£ÉÆß§âgÀ£ÀÄß §AiÀiÁÛ

EgÁÛgÉ.

2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À

ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

C±ÉÆÃPÀ ¨ÉÃgÉ gÁdgÀ ºÁUÉ

AiÀÄÄzÀÝ ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.

ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ IÄ¶UÀ½UÉ

vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃmÉ°£À°è PÁ¦ü

PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

gÀ« ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ

ºÉÆÃUÁÛ E®è.

CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀA§¼À PÉÆqÁÛ

E®è.

The Minister is making speeches.

He comes daily to that hotel.

Shamala would be singing daily at five o' clock in the evening.

Those boys will be making a lot of noise.

He always will be blaming some one.

Ravi was not working in Mangalore.

Ashoka didn't fight battles like other kings.

Mahishasura didn't disturb the sages.

They didn't drink coffee in the hotel

Ravi is not sleeping.

He is not going to Bangalore tomorrow.

They are not paying me the salary.


Lesson 17/159

E°èUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ §gÁÛ

E®è.

2.6 D ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ

§gÁÛ EgÀ®è.

CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á PÀè©âUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ

EgÀ®è.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÀV£À ºÉÆvÀÄÛ NzÁÛ

EgÀ®è.

gÁeÉÃ±À £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ

§gÁÛ EgÀ®è.

Enough buses are not coming here.

That cat will not be coming daily to our house.

They are not going daily to the club.

She will not be reading in the morning.

Rajesh will not be coming frequently to our house.

3. key to learners

3.1 The continuous forms are introduced. Continuous forms are obtained by adding - taa (uttaa) to the verb.

maaDu + taa (uttaa) = maaDtaa (maaDuttaa)

tinnu + taa (uttaa) = tintaa (tinnutta)

These continuous forms are followed by the finite form of auxillary verb iru.

3.2 The definite form of iru. Will be added to continuous verbs to obtain present continuous.

maaDtaa idiini 'I am doing'.

tintaa idaaLe `She is eating'.

3.3 The past tense of iru is added to continuous verbs to obtain past continuous.

maaDtaa idda. `he was doing'

tintaa idda. `he was eating'.

3.4 By adding habitual form of verb - iru to the continuous verbs, habitual continuous form is obtained.

maaDtaa irtiini Ì will be doing'

tintaa irtiini. Ì will be eating'

3.5 The corresponding negative forms are obtained by adding illa, iralilla and iralla respectively to the continuous verbs.

maadtaa illa. `not doing'

tintaa illa. `not eating'

madtaa iralilla. `was not doing'

tintaa iralilla `was not eating'

maaDtaa irall. `will not be doing'

tintaa iralla. `will not be eating'

4. Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate continuous forms of the verbs given in the bracket

4.1.1 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À »AzÉ vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆj£À°è_____(NzÀÄ)

4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À____________(ªÀiÁqÀ)

4.1.3 £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ FUÀ ¤zÉæ_________________(ªÀiÁqÀÄ)

4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ___________(§gÀÄ)

4.1.5 aPÀÌzÉÃªÀgÁd ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß___________(D¼ÀÄ)

4.1.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¸ÀAeÉ ºÁqÀÄ_______________(ºÁqÀÄ)

4.1.7 ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ____________(PÉÆqÀÄ)


Lesson 17/161

4.1.8 ²Ã® FUÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ_______________________(NzÀÄ)

4.1.9 CªÀgÀÄ wAr_____________________(w£ÀÄß)

4.1.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ___________(§gÀÄ)

4.2 Transform the following sentences into present continuous forms

4.2.1 ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl DqÁÛ EzÀÝªÀÅ.

4.2.2 £À£Àß PÀxÉ D ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.

4.2.3 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀÄªÀÄä£É £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

4.2.4 gÁPÀë¸ÀgÀÄ IÄ¶UÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

4.2.5 gÀA¨sÉ HªÀð²AiÀÄgÀÄ IÄ¶UÀ¼À vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì PÉr¸ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

4.3 Transform the following sentences into present continuous

4.3.1 D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÉ¯Áè PÀgÁmÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.3.3 §qÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ ̧ ÁAiÀiÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.3.4 E°è vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ̈ É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ.

4.3.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ ̧ ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ vÀgÁÛ EzÁ¼É.

4.4 Transform the following sentences into habitual continuous

4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §gÁÛ£É.

4.4.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ ̧ ÀÄªÀÄä£É C¼ÁÛ EzÉ.

4.4.3 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.4.4 E°è ̧ Àé®à ̧ Àé®à ªÀÄ¼É §gÁÛ EzÉ.

4.4.5 E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÁÛ EªÉ.

4.5 Transform the following sentences into their negative forms

4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.

4.5.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ̈ ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

4.5.4 £À£ÀUÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆmÉÖ £ÉÆÃªÀÅ §gÁÛ EgÀÄvÉÛ.

4.5.5 ²Ã® UÀAqÀ£À eÉÆvÉ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.


4.6.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj? FUÀ

J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ãj?

4.6.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ J°è NzÁÛ E¢Ýj?

4.6.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üÃ¹UÉ / PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÃUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃj?

4.6.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ E°èUÉ §gÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄÄAZÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÁÛ EgÀ°®èªÁ?

4.6.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ zÉºÀ°UÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃgÁ?

5. Vocabulary

DUÁUÉÎ `now and then'

MAzÉÆAzÀÄ ̧ Áj ònce in a while'

PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to work'

5.1 Sulpplementary Vocabulary

CzÀÄãvÀªÁV `splendidly'

IÄ¶ `sage'

PÉr¸ÀÄ `to spoil'

vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì `penance'


£ÁlåªÀiÁqÀÄ `to dance'

¨ÉPÀÄÌ `cat'

AiÀÄÄzÀÝ `battle'

gÁPÀë¸À `demon'

ªÀA±À `dynasty'

¸ÀPÀÌgÉ `sugar'

¸ÀvÀå `truth'

¥ÁoÀ - 18

1. Dialogue:

ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀ¯ÉÆÃ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ?

gÁdÄ : £Á£ÄÀ , gÁdÄ ªiÀ ÁvÁqÆÉ ÃzÀÄ.

ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ?

gÁdÄ : ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹¤AzÀ £ÀªÀÄä CtÚ

§A¢zÁÝ£É.

ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §AzÀ?

gÁdÄ : £Á£ÀÄ D¦üÃ¹UÉ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ.

ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀÄªÀÅzÀgÉÆ¼ÀUÉ

§A¢zÀÝ.

ªÀÄÆwð : ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è EzÁ£Á?

gÁdÄ : E®è, ºÉÆgÀUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É.

ªÀÄÆwð : ¤ªÀÄä CwÛUÉ §A¢zÁgÁ?

gÁdÄ : E®è CwÛUÉ §A¢®è. eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è E§âgÀÄ ¸ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ

§A¢zÁgÉ.

ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÁzÀgÀÆ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É

§A¢zÁ£Á?

gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ.

Hello, Who is speaking?

It is me, Raju, speaking.

What is the matter?

My elder brother has come from Madras.

When did he come?

I had been to office. He had come before I returned.

Is he at home ?

No. He has gone out.

Has your sister-in-law also come ?

No. she hasn't come Two of his friend have come with him.

Has he come on any business?

Yes.


Lesson 18/165

ªÀÄÆwð : EªÀvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è

¹PÁÛ£Á?

gÁdÄ : E®è ¸ÀAeÉ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃVgÁÛ£É.

£Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ J®Æè ºÉÆÃVgÀ®è,

§¤ß.

ªÀÄÆwð : JµÀÄÖ ¢£À EgÁÛ£É?

gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ EgÁÛ£É. ¨sÁ£ÀÄ

ªÁgÀ ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉÃ®ÆjUÉ

ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ.

ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁPÉ? CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr¯Áé?

gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr®è. MAzÀÄ

ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ

ºÉÆÃVzÉÝªÀÅ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ

§gÀ°®è. FUÀ CªÀ£À

¸ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ

£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀAvÉ.

ªÀÄÆwð : £Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ §jÛÃ¤ CAvÀ

CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ.

Will he be avilable at home this evening?

No. He would have gone to the city in the evening. He won't go anywhere tomorrow morning. please come.

For how many days will he be here ?

He will be here for one week. They will go to Halebid and Belur on Sunday.

Why ? Hasn't he seen them?

No, he hasn't, All of us had been there a year ago. He alone hadn't come. He had stayed at home. Now his seems they have to see those places.

Tell him that I would come tomorrow morning

2. Pattern Drill

2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.

qÁPÀÖgÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ gÉÆÃVUÀ¼ÀÄ

§A¢zÁgÉ.

¹ÃvÁ vÀgÀPÁj vÀgÉÆÃPÉ ¹nUÉ

ºÉÆÃVzÁ¼É.

ªÀÄUÀÄ £Á¯ÁÌuÉ £ÀÄAVzÉ.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À ªÀÄ£É PÀnÖ¹zÁgÉ.

£Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À PÁgÀÄ

PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAr¢ÝÃ¤.

D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ

§gÉ¢zÁ£É.

vÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ M¼ÀUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÁgÉ.

¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä¤UÉ PÉ®¸À

¹QÌzÉAiÀiÁ?

22. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ¼ÉzÀ ªÀµÀð zÉºÀ°UÉ

ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ.

CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ

ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ.

£ÁªÀÅ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ

`£ÁA¢' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃrzÉÝªÀÅ.

gÀªÉÄÃ±À £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝ.

Sir, there is a phone call for you.

Patients have come to see the doctor.

Sita has gone to city to bring vegetables.

The child has swallowed a four annas coin.

He has built a new house.

I have bought a new car.

That boy has written a good essay.

My father is sleeping inside.

Has you younger brother got a job ?

I went to Delhi last year.

They went to Chamundi hills day before yesterday.

We saw the film ̀ Naandi' ten years ago.

Ramesh wrote me a letter


Lesson 18/167

Did you go on a tour of Karnataka?

Did Raju bring you a sweater from Bombay?

Gandhijis photo had appeared in the paper yesterday.

They would have come by this time tommorrow evening.

Suresh would have certianly paid hundred rupees to Ramesh

Will you reach Madras tommorrow by eight o' clock.

Raju would have read all the lessons for the examination.

No letter has come for you.

No body has come to see him.

My brother has not gone to city. He has gone to play.

The bank has not yet given me a loan.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À

ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ?

gÁdÄ ¨ÁA¨É¬ÄAzÀ ¤£ÀUÉ

¸Éélgï vÀA¢zÁÝ£Á?

¤£Éß ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï£À°è UÁA¢üÃf

¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃ §A¢vÀÄÛ.

2.3 CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ̧ ÁAiÀÄAPÁ® EµÀÄÖ

ºÉÆwÛUÉ §A¢gÁÛgÉ.

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±À RArvÀ gÀªÉÄÃ±À¤UÉ

£ÀÆgÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆnÖgÁÛ£É.

¤ÃªÀÅ £Á¼É JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ

ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï vÀ®Ä¦jÛÃgÁ?

gÁdÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ J¯Áè ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À

£ÀÄß N¢gÁÛ£É.

2.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÆ PÁUÀzÀ

§A¢®è.

CªÀg À£ ÀÄ ß £ ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀP É Ì

AiÀiÁgÀÄ §A¢®è.

£À£Àß vÀªÀÄä ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV®è.

Dl DqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É.

¨ÁåAQ£ÀªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ E£ÀÆß

¸Á® PÉÆnÖ®è.

2.5 £ÁªÀÅ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr

¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVgÀ°®è.

D £Á¬Ä E£ÀÆß ¸ÀwÛgÀ°®è.

zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃAzÉæAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ

¹QÌgÀ°®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ C¢üPÁjUÀ½UÉ ®AZÀ

PÉÆnÖgÀ°®è.

2.6 gÀªÉÄÃ±À EµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ

§A¢gÀ®è.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ vÁjÃRÄ

HjUÉ vÀ®Ä¦gÀ®è.

zsÀªÀÄðgÁAiÀÄ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀÄ¼ÀÄî

ºÉÃ½gÀ®è.

PÀÈµÀÚ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÆÃ¸À

ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.

F zÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è vÀÄA¨Á d£À

§qÀªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.

We had not been to Chamundi hills day before yesterday.

That dog hadn't died yet.

We couldn't meet Bendre in Dharwar.

He had not bribed the officers.

Ramesh would'nt have come hometown by tenth.

He wouldn't have reached his hometown by tenth.

A person like Dharmaraya wouldn't have uttered a lie.

A person like krishna wouldn't have cheated.

Most of the poor people would not have taken food in this contry.


Present, past and future perfect forms and their corresponding negative forms are introduced. The stucture is, past participle form of the verb plus present, past and future tense form of the verb iru.


Lesson 18/169

3.1 present perfect

bandu + idaare = bandidaare 'they have come' nooDi +idaane = nooDidaane 'they have seen'

3.2 past perfect

bandu + idda = bandidda 'he had come

nooDi + idda = nooDidda ' he had seen'

3.3 Future perfect

bandu + irtaane = bandirtaane 'he would have come'

nooDi + irtaane = noodirtaane 'he would have seen'

3.4 The corresponding negation is obtained by adding the negative from of the verb iru in present, past and future tense to the past participle form of the verb.

bandu + illa = bandilla (one) 'hasn't come'

nooDi + illa = nooDilla (one) 'hasn't seen'

bandu + iralilla = bandiralilla (one) 'handn't come'

nooDi + iralilla = nooDiralilla (one) 'handn't seen'

bandu + iralla = bandiralla (one) 'would not have

come'

nooDi + iralla = nooDiralla (one) 'would not have seen'

4. Exercise : 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the perfect forms of the verbs given

in the bracket.

4.1.1 EA¢gÀUÁA¢ü ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÁgÀ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆjUÉ________(§gÀÄ)

4.1.2 °Ã¯Á gÁwæ £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ PÀ£À¸ÀÄ ____________(©Ã¼ÀÄ)

4.1.3 °Ã¯Á ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ____________________(ºÉÆÃUÀÄ)

4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ____________(§gÀÄ)

4.1.5 £À£Àß ̧ ÉßÃ»vÀ ¤£Éß ̧ ÀAeÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ____________(¹PÀÄÌ)

4.2 Transform in following sentences into past perfect tense.

4.2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.

4.2.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ M¼Éî PÀxÉ §gÉ¢zÁÝ£É.

4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ZÁªÀÄÄAr ̈ ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ.

4.2.4 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÀUÀ ªÉÊ¨sÀªÀ¢AzÀ DZÀj¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À ªÁZÀÄ PÉÆArzÁÝ£É.

4.3 Transform into present perfect.

4.3.1 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ̧ ÀÆÌ°UÉ §gÁÛgÉ.

4.3.2 EªÀvÀÄÛ ¥ÀjÃPÁë ¥sÀ°vÁA±À §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀÄvÁÛ£É.

4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀ PÀxÉ N¢ÛÃj?

4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ.

4.4 Transform-into future perfect

4.4.1 gÁªÀÄ ̧ ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛ£É.

4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ£É.

4.4.3 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄ¼É §gÀÄvÉÛ.

4.5 Transform into negative

4.5.1 ¨ÁzÁ«ÄUÉ aÃ£Á zÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹ ºÀÄåAiÀÄ£ïvÁìAUï §A¢zÀÝ.


Lesson 18/171

4.5.2 PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è ºÀ¼ÉÃ©Ãr£À zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀnÖ¹zÀÝ.

4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ PÁj£À°è §A¢zÁÝgÉ.

4.5.4 CªÀgÀÄ gÁeïPÀÄªÀiÁgï ºÁqÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ.

4.5.5 £ÁUÀgÁeï ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢gÁÛ£É.

4.5.6 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ.

4.5.7 £Á£ÀÄ ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ £ÉÆÃrzÉÝÃ£É.

4.5.8 gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VgÁÛ£É.

4.6 Transform into Kannada.

4.6.1 Did you meet Ramesh in Dharawar?

4.6.2 Teachers from various states have come to learn Kannada.

4.6.3 Boys have gone to see the cricket match.

4.6.4 he had gone on office duty.

4.6.5 He would have come home by this time.


4.7.1 ¤ªÀÄä vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä HjAzÀ §A¢zÁÝgÁ?

4.7.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÀµÀð ©ÃzÀgïUÉ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ?

4.7.3 ¤ªÀÄä eÉÆÃUï d®¥ÁvÀ £ÉÆÃr¢ÝÃgÁ ?

4.7.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ N¢¢ÝÃgÁ?

5. Vocabulary

CwÛUÉ `sister - in - law'

G½zÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄî `to stay'


C¢üPÁj òfficer'

£Á¯ÁÌuÉ `four annas'

£ÀÄAUÀÄ `to swallow'

¥Àæ§AzsÀ èssay'

¥ÀæªÁ¸À `tour'

ªÉÆÃ¸À `cheating'

gÉÆÃV `patient'

®AZÀ `bribe'

¸Á® `loan'

¸ÀÄ¼ÀÄî `lie'


Lesson 19/173

¥ÁoÀ - 19

1. Narration

ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ

P£À ÁðlPzÀ À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®à

PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ. C°è ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀ

dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ½ªÉ. F

JgÀqÀÆ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀUÀ¼ÀÆ FV£À ºÁ¸À£À

f¯É èAi ÀÄ° èª É . ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ

ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃrUÉ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 250

Q¯ É Æ Ã« Ä Ãlg ï DU À Ä v À Û z É .

ºÀ¼ÉÃ©Ãr¤AzÀ ¨ÉÃ®ÆjUÉ 15

Q¯ÉÆÃ«Älgï.

ºÀ¼ÉÃ©Ãr£À°ègÀÄªÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÉÃ±ÀégÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À.

¨ÉÃ®Æj£À°ègÀÄªÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉÃ±ÀªÀ zÉÃªÁ®AiÀÄ.

¨ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ

gÁd£ À º É¸ Àg À Ä º ÉÆAi À Ä ì¼ À

«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. EªÀ£ÀÄ gÁdå¨sÁgÀ

ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀÄªÀtð AiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß

PÀArvÀÄÛ. EªÀ£À ºÉAqÀw ±ÁAvÀ¯Á

`£ÁlågÁt'Â JA§ ©gÄÀ zÄÀ ¥qÀ zÉ ªÀ ¼À ÄÀ .

EªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉUÉ ¸À°è¹zÀ PÁtÂPÉ

C¥ÁgÀ. ºÀ¼É©ÃqÀÄ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À

PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ

«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À£À zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ DVzÀÝ.

Halebid and Belur are famous architectural centres of Karnataka. The world famous tempels built by Hoysalas, are there. These places are in the present Hassan district. Halebid is a b o u t 2 5 0 k m s . f r o m Bangalore. It is only 15 kms. from Halebid to Belur.

The name of the temple at Helebid is Hoysaleswara temple. The name of the temple at Belur is Channakesava temple. The name of the king who built Belur temple is, Hoysala Vishnuvardhana. At the time when he was ruling, Karnataka saw the golden age in architecture. His wife Shantala had a title - `Queen of Dance'. Her contribution to the art or dance is remarkable. The man who built Halebid temple was Ketamalla. He was Commander-in-chief of Vishnuvardhana.

»AzÉ ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃrUÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ

zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ CAvÀ. ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ

gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ

CAvÀ. ºÆÉ AiÄÀ å¼gÀ À gÁdzÁs ¤AiiÀ ÁVzÝÀ

zÁgé À̧ ªÀ ÄÀ Äz æÀ ªÆÉ U®À g À DPªæÀ ÄÀ t¢Az À

ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ºÁ¼ÁzÀ HjUÉ

ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ CAvÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §AvÀÄ.

`ªÃÉ ¯Á¥ÄÀ g'À JAzÄÀ ¥ÄÀ gÁtU¼À °À è

¥¹æÀ zÞÀªÁz À ¥zæÀ ÃÉ ± À FU À ¨ÃÉ ®ÆgÄÀ

JAzÁVz.É

DUÁUÎÉ zÁ½ ªiÀ ÁqÁ Û EzÝÀ ªÆÉ U®À

jAz À d£gÀ ÄÀ ErÃ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß

ªÀÄgÀ½¤AzÀ ªÀÄÄaÑ gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ. ºÁUÉ

G½zÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÉÃ EAzÀÄ

PÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ ¤AwªÉ.

F zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ

²°àUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ dPÀÌt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÀAPÀt

CAvÀ d£À ºÉÃ¼ÀÄvÁÛgÉ. DzÀgÉ

zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ PÀlÖqÀzÀ°è ªÀÄ°èvÀªÀÄä

JA§ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ EzÉ.

F zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð

£ÉÆÃrAiÉÄÃ C£ÀÄ¨s À«¸À¨ÉÃP ÀÄ.

²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁrgÀÄªÀ PÀÄ¸ÀÄj PÉ®¸À

CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ. CµÀÄÖ ¸ÀÆPÀëöäªÁzÀ

PÀÄ¸ÀÄj PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ §¼À¥ÀzÀ

PÀ®Äè G¥AÀ iÆÉ ÃV¹zÁÝg.É zÃÉ ªÀ̧ ÁÜ£zÀ À

ºÉÆgÀUÉÆÃqÉAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀ gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄt

The earlier name of Halebid was Dwarasamudra, which was the capital of Hoysalas and ruined by the Mogal invasion. The town got the name Halebid (old township). The place which was famous as 'Velapura' in mythology is now called Belur.

The people protected the temples from the frequent invasions of Moghals by covering them with sand. The temples thus saved stand proclaiming their artistry even today.

People say that the archi- tects who built these temples are Jakkana and Danakana. But there is another name `Mallitamma' on the building.

One can know the beauty of these temples only by seeing them. The subtle carvings of the sculptors are marvellous. To achieve such a delicacy in carving they have used soapstone. The scenes from the Ramayana and the

Lesson 19/175

ªÀÄºÁ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ zÀÈ±ÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±ÁAvÀ¯Á

£Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀzÀ

PÀ®Äè, ««zsÀ ¨sÀAVAiÀÄ°è £Álå

ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀÄªÀ ²¯Á¨Á°PÉAiÀÄgÀÄ,

£ÀAiÀÄªÁV PÉwÛzÀ §¸ÀªÀ EªÉ®è

²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ.

F zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ°è PÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. EzÀÄ zÁæ«qÀ

ºÁUÀÄ GvÀÛgÀzÀ £ÁUÀgÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ

¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ. £ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀzÀ dUÀ°AiÀÄ

ªÉÄÃ¯É Cw JvÀÛgÀªÀÇ C®èzÀ Cw

aPÀÌzÀÆ C®èzÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À EzÉ.

F JgÀqÀÆ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À°è

CzÀQÌAvÀ EzÀÄ, EzÀQÌAvÀ CzÀÄ

±ÉæÃµÀ× C£ÀÄßªÀ ºÁUÉ E®è. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

£ÉÆÃr D£ÀA¢¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ

±ÉæÃµÀ× JAzÀÄ ¤tð¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ

º ÉÆÃU À¨Ág Àz ÀÄ . CªÀ ÅU À¼ À£ ÀÄ ß

£ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ªÀåQÛ £ÀvÀzÀÈµÀÖ.

F zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä

C°èUÉ ¢£Á §gÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ

d£À. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è F zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À

UÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À.

MªÉÄä §AzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄvÉÛ §gÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

J£ÀÄßªÀAvÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. MAzÀÄ ¸Áj

£ÉÆÃrzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄv É Û ªÀÄv É Û

Mahabharata on the walls of the temple, the round stone on which Shantala used to dance, the Shilaballikas in various dancing postures, finely carved bull, all these are gifts of sculptors.

These temples are built in the Karnataka style. The Karnataka style is combination of the Dravida and the northern nagara style. On a star shaped plat from there is a temple which is neither too large nor too small.

It is not possible to say that this temple is greater than that or that is a superior to this. one should see them to enjoy them. one shouldn't try to decide which is superior on who hasn't see them is an unfortunate man indeed.

The number of people who come there daily to see these temples are in hundreds. In Karnataka the people who haven't seen these temples are rere indeed. Those who come once feel like coming again. It

£ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÆ ¨ÉÃ¸ÀgÀªÁUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ §gÀÄªÀªÀjUÉ FUÀ

ºÉaÑ£À §¸ï ¸ËPÀAiÀÄð EzÉ. FUÀ

C°èUÉ §gÀÄªÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀASÉå eÁ¹Û

EgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ J¯Áè

C£ÀÄPÀÆ® PÀ°à¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

is not boring to see these again and again. Now there is good bus service for those who come from Bangalore. As the number of visi tors has increased now all facilities have been provided.

2. Pattern drill

21. £ÁªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃUÁÛ

EgÀÄªÀ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ,

¨ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ.

CªÀgÀÄ vÀj¸ÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï

¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ NzÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ

ªÀÄgÀ½ ªÀÄtÂÚUÉ.

22. ¨ÉÃ®Æj£À°ègÀÄªÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ

ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉÃ±ÀªÀ zÉÃªÁ®AiÀÄ.

£ÁªÀÅ EªÀvÀÄÛ £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀ

¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉÆÃªÀÄ£À zÀÄr.

CªÀgÀÄ PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀ ¥Àæ±Éß ̧ ÀjAiÀÄ®è. 2.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃrzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ

The places that we are going to see are Halebid and Belur.

The newspaper that they are getting is prajavani.

The book that she is reading is `Maralimannige'

The name of the temple which is at Belur is Channa- keshava temple.

The movie that we are going to see today is `Chomana Dudi'

The question that he asks is not correct.

Which is the film that you


Lesson 19/177

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?

¤£Éß ªÀiÁrzÀ ¥ÁoÀ N¢.

CªÀgÀÄ PÉÆlÖ ºÀt K£ÀÄ

ªÀiÁrzÉ.?

2.4 EzÀÄ ±ÁAvÀ¯Á £Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ

EzÀÝ eÁUÀ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ

PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀÄºÁgÁd PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ.

£ÁªÀÅ ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ

HgÀÄ w¥ÀlÆgÀÄ.

2.5 ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ

zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.

¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝ ºÀÄqÀÄV

AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ¼ÀÄ»¹zÀ ºÀt JµÀÄÖ?

2.6 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÖzÀ ̧ ÉÆ¦à®è.

CªÀ¤UÉ UÉÆwÛ®èzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ«®è.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ E®è.

saw?

Read the lesson which was done yesterday.

What did you do with the money which he paid ?

This is the place where Shantala used to dance.

The college where she was working is Maharaja's College

The place where we were living was Tiptur.

Dwarasamudra, which was the capital of Hoysalas, was ruined.

Who was the girl who had come to your home ?

What was the amount that you sent?

There is no plant which a goat doesn't touch.

There is nothing which he doesn't know.

There are no films which she doesn't see.

¥ÀÄlÖ¥À à£ ÀªÀg ÀÄ §gÉAi ÀÄzÀ

¸Á»vÁå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ E®è.

2.7 ¤ªÀÄ ä° è CgÀª ÀÄ£ ÉAi À Ä£ ÀÄ ß

£ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

EªÀvÀÄÛ ºÉÆÃA ªÀPïð §gÉAiÀÄ

zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

¤ª À Ä ä° è £Á¼ É lÆgï

ºÉÆÃUÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

2.8 £ÀªÀÄä D¦üÃ¹£À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ

§gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ d£À EzÁgÉ.

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è NzÀzÀªÀ¼ÀÄ

£À£Àß vÀAV M§â¼É.

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄAwæªÀÄAqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ

§gÉAiÉÆÃPÉ §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÄ

EzÁÝgÉ.

2.9 CzÀÄ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀzÀ PÉ®¸À

C®è.

EzÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÃ¼ÀzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ

C®è.

2.10CzÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ §gÀzÀ ¥É£ÀÄß.

There is no literary form in which puttappa has not written.

Who is the one among you who has not seen the palace ?

Who are those who have not written home-work today?

Who are the ones who are not going for tour tomorrow?

There are ten person in our office who do not know Kannada.

The only one who has not studied in our hose is my younger sister.

There are two in our cabinet who do not know to write Kannada

It is not something which you have never done.

It is not something which he hasn't heard before.

It is a pen that is of no use.


Lesson 19/179

CzÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÀ®èzÀ

ªÀÄ£É.

CªÀgÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ®è »AdjAiÀÄzÀ

ªÀåQÛ.

2.11 ºÉÃ¼ÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ EªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ

ªÀiÁqÉÆÃ¢®è.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀgÉAiÀÄzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ

§gÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.

¤ÃªÀÅ NzÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

AiÀÄ°è ¥Á¸ÁUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.

2.12§mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À.

¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀ.

ªÀÄgÀUÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ §qÀV. .

ZÀ¥ À à° ºÉÆ°Ai ÀÄÄªÀª À£ ÀÄ

ZÀªÀiÁägÀ.

§mÉÖ ºÉÆ°AiÀÄÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ zÀfð.

ªÀÄqÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ

PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ.

¥ÀzÀå §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«.

2.13 £ÀqÉAiÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ JqÀªÀÅvÁÛ£É.

It is a house which is unfit for living.

He is not a person who would flinch at all that.

He won't do anything unless he is told.

Unless you call him he won't come.

Unless you read you won't get through in the examination.

One who washes clothes is a was her man.

One who teaches is a teacher.

One who does wood work is a carpenter.

One who makes chappals is a cobbler.

One who makes clothes is a tails

One who makes post is a potter.

One who writes poetry is a poet.

One who walks trips.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀªÀgÀ ¸ÉßÃºÀ ©qÀ¨ÉÃr.

£ÀªÀÄä ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À°è PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀ¼ÀÄ EzÁÝ¼É.

2.14¤ªÀÄä°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ EµÀÄÖ d£À?

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀªÀ¼ÀÄ PÀªÀÄ®.

eÉÆÃgÁV NzÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀÄUÀ.

2.15¤ªÀÄUÉ ªÀÄ£É ̈ ÁrUÉ PÉÆlÖªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ.

£À£ÀUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ.

¤£Àß ¸ÀAeÉ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ºÁrzÀ ªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀAV.

2.16£À£Àß ªÀiÁwUÉ £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß gÀÆªÀiïªÉÄÃmï.

£ÀªÀÄUÉ NzÉÆÃPÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀÝªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä aPÀÌ¥Àà.

Don't give up the company of those who speak Kannada.

We have awoman in our hostel to sweep.

How many among you are learning Kannada?

One who is learning music in our family is Kamala.

One who is reading loudly is my son.

Who rented you the house ?

One who wrote me a letter is that boy.

One who sang yesterday evening is my younger sister.

One who used to laugh at me was my room mate.

One who was paying for our studies was my uncle.


Relative participle constructions, negative relative participle constractions, participle nuns and negative participle nouns are introduced in this lesson.


Lesson 19/181

3.1 Relative participle constructions :

-a is the relative participle maker in Kannada. The structure of the relative participle in Kannada changes according to tense.

3.1.1Non-past-relative participle

The structure is,

hoogu + a = hooguva.

bare + a = bareyuva.

kuDi + a = kuDiyuva.

avanu hooguva sthaLa kemmaNNuguNDi.

the place to which he goes is Kemmannugundi.

avaLu bareyuva kathe saNNadu.

the story the she writes is a short one.

avaru kuDiyuva kaafi bru kaafi.

Coffee they drink is bru coffee.

Note the addition of - v-and-uva-when-u-and-i, -e, ending verbs added to R.P

3.1.2 Past :

The structure is,

Past tense stem + R. P.

tind + a = tinda

kalit + a = kalita

koTT + a = koTTa

nakk + a = nakka

koND + a = koNDa

nooDid + a = nooDida.

naavu tinda jaamuunu cennaagittu.

the jamun that we are eat was good.

naanu hayskuulinalli kalita ingliish maretu hooytu.

I forgot the English which I learnt in High School.

niinu koTTa haNa kharchaaytu.

he money which you paid was spent.

anannannu nooDi nakka huDuga ivane.

He is the boy who laughed at me.

niivu hoosadaagi konDa kaaru heegide?

How is the car which you newly bought?

naavu nooDida sinnimaa cennaagide.

The film which we saw is good.

3.1.3 Perfect Tense :

3.1.3.1 Present perfect :

The structure is,

Verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.

nooDi + iru + a = nooDiruva.

bandu + iru + a = bandiruva.

nimma magaLige nooDiruva huDuganige eenu kelasa?

What is the occupation of the boy whom you have seen (for marriage alliance) for your daughter?

assaamininda bandiruva I.A.S. adhikaari ivaree.

He is the I.A.S. officer who has come form Assam.


Lesson 19/183

3.1.3.2 Past perfect :

The structure is,

Verbal participle stem + id + R.P.

koTTu + id + a = koTTidda.

bandu + id + a = bandidda.

naanu ninage koTTidda pennu elli?

Where is the pen which I had given you?

rushyashrunga maysuurige bandidda varsha maLe

cennaage bandittu.

The year in which Rishyashringa had come to Mysore, it rained well.

3.1.4 Continuous Tense:

3.1.4.1 Present continuous :

The structure is,

Continuous stem + iru + R.P.

maaDutta + iru + a = maadutta iruva.

oodutta + iru + a = oodutta iruva

alli kelsa maaDutta iruva huDuga nanna tamma.

The boy who is working there is my younger brother.

avanu oodutta iruva pustaka samskaara.

The book that he is reading is Samskara.

3.1.4.2 Past continuous :

The structure is,

Continuos stem + id + R.P.

hoogutta + id + a = hoogutta idda.

bareyutta + id + a = bareyutta idda.

naanu hoogutta idda bas nadige bittu.

The bus in which I was going fell ingo a river.

avaru bareyuttaa idda Kaadambari mugidilla.

The novel he was writing has not yet been completed.

Note that the R.P. construction is always followed by a noun. This is otherwise called as adjectival Participle. R.P. is always used as subordinate class which is follwed by a finite main clause.

3.2 Nagative R. P.

-add is the negative R. P. maker. By adding -add to the verb root, negative R.P. is obtained. This negation applies to all tenses except for perfect tenses.

nooDu + ada = nooDada.

naanu nooDada sinima adonde.

That is the only movie which I have not seen. Whereas, the structure for past perfect tense is, negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.

maaDade + id + a = maaDade idda.

heeLade + id + a = heeLade idda.

avanu maaDade idda kelasa naanu maaDide.

I did the work which he didn't do.

Kaangres heeLade idda satyaana Kamyuunis Taruheelidaru

Communists said the truth, which the Congress hadn't said.

The structure of present perfect is,


Lesson 19/185

negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.

nooDade + iru + a = nooDade iruva.

koDade + iru + a = koDade iruva.

adhyaapakaru nooDade iruva pustakaana

vidyaarthigaLu nooDabaaradu.

Students shouldn't see the books which the teachers haven't seen.

avaru koDade iruva pustakaana nanu nimage heege koDali?

How can I lend you a book which he hasn't lent you?

3.3 Participle nouns :

participle nouns are obtained by adding third person human pronouns to the R.P. form of the verb. The participle nouns can be added to all tenses.

3.3.1. Non-past

baruva + avanu = baruvavanu.

taruva + avaLu = taruvavaLu.

koDuva + avaru = koDuvavaru.

ivattu namma manege baruvavanu nanna sneethita.

The one who comes to my house today is my friend.

nanage habbakke SarT taruvavaLu nanna akka.

The one who brings shirt for me for festival is my elder sister.

samaarambhadalli sarTifikkeT koDuvavavaru mantrigaLu.

The one who gives the certificates at the function is minister.

3.3.2 past tense :

gaandhiyannu kondavanu gooDse.

The one who killed Gandhi was Godse.

halavaaru janarannu kondavaLu phuulan deevi.

The one who killed many people is Pholan Devi.

nimage ii pustaka koTTavaru yaaru?

Who is the one who gave you this book?

3.3.3 Perfect tense :

3.3.3.1 Present!

namma maneyalli taajmahal nooDiruvavanu naanobbane.

I am the only one in my family who has seen Tajmahal.

ii skuulinalli paasaagiruvavaLu kamala obbaLe.

The only one who has passed in this school is Kamala.

nimmalli paTTadakallu nooDiruvavaru yaaru?

Who is the one among you who has seen Pattadakallu?

3.3.3.2 Past :

ii pustaka tandiddavanu raaju.

The one who had brought this book was Raju.

nanage kaagada barediddavaLu sudha.

The one who had written me a letter was Sudha.


Lesson 19/187

keeraLadinda bandiddavaru elli?

where are those who had come from Kerala?

3.3.4 Continuous tense

3.3.4.1 Present

alli ooDuttaa iruvavanu ranga.

The one who is running there is Ranga.

aa kelasa maaDutta iruvavaLu vanaja.

The one who is doing that work is Vanaja.

alli hooguttaa iruvavaru saynikaru.

Those who are going there are soldiers.

3.3.4.2 Pastninne ninna jote baruttaa iddavanu yaru?Who is the one who was coming with you yester day?avana jote haaDutta iddavaLu yaaru?Who is the one who was singing with him?daariyalli galaaTe maaDuttaa iddavaru caLavaLigaararu. Those who were making noise on the road were agitators.

3.4 The negative participle noun is obtained by adding third person human pronouns to negative R.P. There is no tense distinction.

nooDada + avanu = nooDadavanu

+ avaLu = nooDadavaLu

+ avaru = nooDadavaru

nimmalli 'Sankar guru' sinimaa nooDadavaru yaaru? Who is the one among you who has not seen the movie Shankar Guru?

4. Exercise

4.1.1 Rewrite as directed.

4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ §gÉ¢gÀÄªÀ PÀxÉ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉ. (into past perfect)

4.1.2 ¨ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ gÁd «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. (into

past perfect)

4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ «µÀAiÀÄ ¤d C®è. (into past)

4.1.4 DAzsÀæ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?. (into

past perfect)

4.1.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ. (into past)

4.1.6 ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ. (into non past)

4.1.7 £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ. (into past perfect)

4.1.8 D ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À d£À. (into past)

4.2 Combine the following sentences

4.2.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

CªÀgÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ.

4.2.2 EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀ¥Àà° ºÉÆ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É.

EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀªÀiÁägÀ.

4.2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ©âtzÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀªÀiÁägÀ.

4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅ¢®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À£À®è.

4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«vÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅ¢®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«AiÀÄ®è.

4.2.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ̈ ÁåAQ£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ¼É.


Lesson 19/189

CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è EzÁ¼É.

4.2.7 CªÀgÀÄ OµÀ¢ü PÉÆqÁÛgÉ.

CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ.

4.3 Transform into double negative

4.3.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ N¢zÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ EzÀÄ.

4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ PÉ®¸À vÀÄA¨Á EzÉ.

4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÉÃPÀ EªÉ.

4.3.4 £À£ÀUÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV EµÀÖ.

4.4 Transform into double negative

4.4.1 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÄÖªÀ ̧ ÉÆ¥ÀÄà EzÉ.

4.4.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.

4.4.3 ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.


4.5.1 ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ, ̈ ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èªÉ?

4.5.2 ºÀ¼ÉÃ©Ãr¤AzÀ ̈ ÉÃ®ÆjUÉ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ?

4.5.3 ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ̈ ÉÃ®Æj£À°ègÀÄªÀ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ?

CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

4.5.4 d£ÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁjAzÀ ºÉÃUÉ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ?

4.5.5 zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

4.5.6 ±ÁAvÀ¯ÁUÉ EzÀÝ ©gÀÄzÀÄ K£ÀÄ?

4.5.7 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀÄªÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß

PÀArvÀÄÛ?

4.5.8 ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ̈ ÉÃ®ÆjUÉ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?

4.5.9 zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀlÄÖªÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAxÀ PÀ®Äè §¼À¹zÁÝgÉ?

4.5.10 ²®àUÀ¼ÀÄ ©lÄÖ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ PÁtÂPÉ K£ÀÄ?

4.5.11ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®àzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ° JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?

5. Vocabulary

C£ÀÄ¨sÀªÀ èxperience'

C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À `rear'

C¥ÁgÀ `plenty'

DPÀæªÀÄt àttack'

D£ÀA¢¸ÀÄ `to enjoy'

PÀlÄÖ `to build'

PÁtÂPÉ `gift'

PÀÄ¸ÀÄj PÉ®¸À `subtle carving'

PÉÃAzÀæ `centre'

dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ `world famous'

dUÀ° `platfrom'

zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ `commander in chief'

zÁ½ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to invade'

zÀÈ±Àå `scene'

zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£À `temple'

£ÀvÀzÀÈµÀÖ ùnfortunate person'

£ÀAiÀÄ `fine, soft'

£ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀ `star shape'


Lesson 19/191

£ÁlåPÀ¯É àrt of dance'

£ÁlågÁtÂ `queen of dance'

¤tð¬Ä¸ÀÄ `to decide'

¥ÀqÉ `to possess'

§¸ÀªÀ `bull'

§¼À¥ÀzÀ PÀ®Äè `soap stone'

©gÀÄzÀÄ `titile'

¨ÉÃ¸ÀgÀ `boredom'

ªÀÄgÀ¼ÀÄ `sand'

ªÉÄgÉ `to proclaim'

gÁdå¨sÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to rule'

ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®à àrchitecture'

««zsÀ ̈ sÀAV `various postures'

ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀ `ciruclar'

¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ `confluence'

¸ÀÄªÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀ `golden age'

¸ËPÀAiÀÄð `facility'

²°à `sculptor'

²°àPÀ¯É àrchitecture'

²¯Á¨Á°PÉ `maidens carved in stone'

±ÉæÃµÀ× `superior'

±ÉÊ° `style'

ºÁ¼ÁUÀÄ `to ruin'

5.2 Supplementary vocabulary.

CUÀ¸À `washerman'

DqÀÄ `goat'

JqÀªÀÅ `to trip over'

PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀÄ `to sweep'

PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ `potter'

ZÀªÀiÁägÀ `cobbler'

PÀªÀiÁägÀ `blacksmith'

zÀfð `tailor'

£ÀqÉ `to walk'

§qÀV `carpenter'

ªÀÄqÀPÉ `pot'

ªÀÄAwæ ªÀÄAqÀ® `cabinet'

AiÉÆÃUÀå `fit'

¸Á»vÀå `literary form'

»Adj `to flinch'


Lesson 20/193

¥ÁoÀ - 19

1. Dialogue:

PÀªÀÄ® : FUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ

§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ?

²Ã® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

¹UÀ®èªÁ?

PÀªÀÄ® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

¹UÀ®èªÁ?

²Ã® : E®è, vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®è.

PÀªÀÄ® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ

EzÉ.

²Ã® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ

UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.

PÀªÀÄ® : CzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ.

²Ã® : vÀÄA¨Á CeÉðAmï PÉ®¸À

EzÉAiÀiÁ?

PÀªÀÄ® : ºËzÀÄ. £À£Àß ¸ÉßÃ»vÉ

PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É.

²Ã® : F §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ EzÉæ

mÉæöÊ¤UÉ ºÉÆÃV.

If i go now can I get a bus to Bangalore ?

If you go immediately you will get it.

If I don't go immediately won't it be available ?

No, I f you don ' t go immediatly you won't get it.

At what time is the next bus?

The next one is at 12o' clock.

If I go by that, it will be late.

Do you have urgent work?

Yes my friend get this bus you can go by train.

If you don't get this bus you can go by train.

PÀªÀÄ® : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ?

²Ã® : ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.

PÀªÀÄ® : vÀÄA¨Á ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. £Á£ÀÄ

¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £À£Àß

¸ÉßÃ»vÉ ¹UÀ®è.

²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ

EªÀvÉÛÃ ªÁ¥À¸ï §jÛÃgÁ?

PÀªÀÄ® : PÉ®¸À DzÀgÉ §jÛÃ¤. DUÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ £Á¼É ¸ÀAeÉ §jÛÃ¤.

²Ã® : £Á¼É §gÁ Û EzÝÀg É ££À UÀ ÉÆAzÀÄ

¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄrÛÃgÁ?

PÀªÀÄ® : K£ÀÄ ?

²Ã® : £À£ÀUÉÆAzÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

PÀªÀÄ® : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?

²Ã® : gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA.

PÀªÀÄ® : J°è ¹UÀÄvÉÛÃ?

²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ §ÄPï §ÆågÉÆÃUÉ

ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¹UÀÄvÉÛ.

PÀªÀÄ® : C°è ¹QÌzÀgÉ vÀjÛÃ¤. ¹UÀzÉ

At what time is there a train?

It is at eleven o' clock.

It will be too late. If I don't go early me friend won't be available.

If you go to Bangalore will you come back today itself?

If the work is over I shall come back. If it is not over. I shall come tomorrow evening.

If you are coming tomorrow will you do me a favour?

What is that?

I want a book.

Which one ?

Ramayana Darshanam.

Where is it available?

If you go to Bangalore Book Bereau, it is available there.

If it is available there I will

Lesson 20/195

EzÀÝgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀ°?.

PÀªÀÄ® : ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃr.

bring it. If it is not avail able there, what shall I do?

If it is not available don't bother.

2. Pattern drill

2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ §¸ï ¹QÌzÀgÉ

§ÈAzÁªÀ£ÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ£É.

¤Ã£ÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ £Á£ÀÄ

¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤.

£Á£ÀÄ ¥sÀ¸ïÖ PÁè¹£À°è

¥Á¸ÁzÀgÉ JA. J¸ï.¹.UÉ

¸ÉÃjÛÃ¤.

2.2 gÁdÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀj.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÉ

PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ ªÀiÁvÀ£Ár.

¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝgÉ

ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

2.3 ¤Ãª À Å ¨ É AU À ¼ ÀÆjU É

ºÉÆÃUÁÛ zÀÝgÉ ºÉÃ½.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §jÃvÁ

PÀÆvÀgÉ ̄ ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ

EzÀÝgÉ ¤zÉæ §gÀÄvÉÛ.

If he gets a bus he will come to Brindavan.

If you give me money I will go to a movie.

If I get through in first class I shall join M.sc.

If Raju has come call him.

If you have learnt Kannada speak in it.

If you have written the lesson you may go.

If you are going to Bangalore tell me.

If you start writing a letter, it will be late.

If he is teaching one gets sleepy.

2.4 ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹zÀgÉ ªÀÄUÀÄ

C¼À®è.

FUÀ ªÀÄ£É ©lÖgÉ CAxÀ ªÀÄ£É

¹PÀÌ®è.

£ÁªÃÉ CrU É ªiÀ ÁrPÉÆAqÀgÉ

ºÉZÀÄÑ RZÀÄð §gÀ®è.

2.5 ªÀÄ£É¬ÄAzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §AzÀgÉ

HjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃAiÀiÁ?

¨É¼ÀUÉÎ ºÉÆgÀlgÉ ¤ªÀÄä

HjUÉ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ

¸ÉÃjÛÃj?

£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÉ

¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß J°è £ÉÆÃqÀ°?

2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ¸Á¬ÄÛÃ¤ CAzÀgÉ

¨ÉÃqÀ CAvÁgÉ.

¤£ÀUÉ PÉ®¸À ¹UÀ°®è CAzÀgÉ

K£ÁärÛÃAiÀÄ?

2.7 £Á£ÀÄ C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ ZÉ£ÁßVgÀ®è.

¤ÃªÀÅ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ

§gÀ®è.

nPÉmï ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £ÁªÀÅ

¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è.

2.8 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ DUÀzÉ

If the baby is fed it won't cry.

If you give up the house you are in now, you won't get such an one.

If we cook our own food, it won't be expensive.

If you get a letter from home will you go to your home town?

If you start in the morning at what time will you reach your home town ?

If I come to Bangalore where can I see you?

If I say I will die, they will say don't.

If you don't get a job what will you do?

It won't be nice, if I don't go there.

If you don't come, they won't come.

If we don't get the tickets, we won't go to the movie.

If it is not trouble to you


Lesson 20/197

EzÀÝ°è zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ §¤ß.

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ̄ ÉÃmÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

CªÀ¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

ªÁå¥ÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀ°.

£ÀªÀÄUÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.

2.9 £À£Àß ̧ ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¹nUÉ §jÛÃ¤.

CªÀgÀ ºÉAqÀw HjUÉ

ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä

eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛgÉ.

£ÁªÀÅ gÁªÀÄ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ

ºÉÆgÀqÀ¢zÀÝgÉ CªÀ£ÉÃ E°èUÉ

§gÁÛ£É.

2.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ ªÀiÁqÁÛ

E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ªÀÄ®V

PÉÆ¼ÉÆîÃPÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ.

¸ÀÄgÉÃ±À HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ

E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ

ºÉÆÃVÛ¤.

please do come.

If we are not delayed at home, we can go to city.

If he does'nt get a job let him do business.

If we don't get a bus, let us go by an auto.

If my friends do not come home, I will come to city.

If his wife does not go to her home town, he will come with us.

If we do not go to Ramu's house early he himself will come here.

If he is not doing anythig ask him to sleep.

If Suresh is not going to his home town I shall go.


The simple conditional construction is introduced in this lesson. -are is the conditional marker. This conditinal maker is added to different tenses.

3.1 Non past

The stucture is,

past stem + conditional marker.

nakk + are = nakkare.

Kamala bandare kari. 'If kamala comes call her'.

nanna nooDi nakkare ninna hallu muriitiini.

'If you laugh at me, I shall break your teeth'.

3.2 Continuous

The structure is, continuous stem + conditional of 'iru'

bartaa + iddare = bartaa iddare.

avanu bartaa iddare kari. 'IF he is coming call him.'

avaLu nagtaa iddare aLu baratte.

'If she is laughing I feel like weeping'.

3.3 Perfect tense

The structure is,

verbal participle stem + conditional of iru.

bandu + iddare = bandiddare.

ninage laaTari bandiddare nanage sviiT koDisu.

'If you have won the lottery get me sweets.'

Note that the conditional constructions is mentioned above refer to non-past events.

3.4 The simple negative conditional is obtained by adding iddare to the verbal participle negation.

obdade + iddare = oodade iddare

niinu cennaagi oodade iddare feelaagtiiye.


Lesson 20/199

If you don't read well you will fai.

avaru barade iddare naanu hoogalla.

'If he doesn't come I won't go.'

3.5 The continuous negative conditional is obtained by adding illade iddare or irade iddare to the continuous stem.

avanu oodutta illade iddare / irade iddare barooke heeLu.

'If he is not studying ask him to come'.

4. Exercise

4.1. Fill in the blanks using the conitional form of the verbs given in the bracket.

4.1.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ ____________ £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉÆrÛÃ¤ (¨Á)

4.1.2 gÁdÄ OµÀ¢ü_____________ dégÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ (PÀÄr)

4.1.3 HjUÉ PÁUÀzÀ _________________ºÀt PÀ½¸ÁÛgÉ. (§gÉ)

4.1.4 ¹¤ªÀiÁ _______________vÀ¯É£ÉÆÃªÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ. (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)

4.2 Combine the following sentences using conditional form :

4.2.1 EªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀÄ¼É §gÀvÉÛ

©¹®Ä PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ.

4.2.2 £Á¬Ä ̈ ÉÆUÀ¼ÁÛ EzÉ. .

E°è PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ §gÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.

4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ vÀA¢zÁÝgÉ.

£Á£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.2.4 ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß Hl ªÀiÁrÛÃ¤.

ZÉ£ÁßV ¤zÉæ §gÀvÉÛ.

4.2.5 CªÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆqÁÛgÉ.

£Á£ÀÄ ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃ¤.

4.3 Transform into negative conditional :

4.3.1 PÉlÖ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ §AiÀiÁÛgÉ.

4.3.2 £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ CªÀgÀÄ §gÁÛgÉ.

4.3.3 ¨sÁUÀå D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ N¢zÀgÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ.

4.3.4 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ¥Àæ±Éß PÉÃ½zÀgÉ ̈ ÉÃeÁgÀÄ.

4.4 Transform the following sentences into double negative:

4.4.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ JzÀÝgÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÉÛ.

4.4.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹» wAr PÉÆlÖgÉ §jÛÃ¤.

4.4.3 CªÀgÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀjwÃ¤.

4.4.4 PÀµÀÖ ¥ÀlÖgÉ ̧ ÀÄR EzÉ.

4.4.5 PÉÊ PÉ¸ÀgÁzÀgÉ ̈ Á¬Ä ªÉÆ¸ÀgÁUÀvÉÛ.

4.5 Answer the following quesions.

4.5.1 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÀ¯É£ÉÆÃªÀÅ §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?

4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ Hj¤AzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÁUÀÄvÁÛ?

4.5.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üÃ¹UÉ ̄ ÉÃmÁV ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤ªÀÄä D¦üÃ¸Àgï §AiÀiÁÛgÁ?

4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¯ÁljAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ®PÀë gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ

ªÀiÁrÛj?


Lesson 21/201

¥ÁoÀ - 21

1. Dialogue:

D£ÀAzÀ :¤ÃªÀÅ ¨ÉÃUÀ §A¢zÀÝgÉ

JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ gÉÊ®Ä ¹UÁÛ

EvÀÄÛ.

gÁªÀÄ : gÉÊ®Ä ºÉÆÃV©qÁÛ?

D£ÀAzÀ: FUÀ vÁ£É ºÉÆÃAiÀÄÄÛ. F

gÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ

ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ vÀ®Ä¥ÁÛ

EzÉÝÃªÀÅ.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ªÀÄÄA¢£À mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ

UÀAmÉUÉ?

D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀvÀÆÛªÀgÉ UÀAmÉUÉ. CzÀPÉÌ

ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ MAzÀÆªÀgÉUÉ

vÀ®Ä¦ÛÃ«. ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ºËzÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ

ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zsÁ£À

¸ËzsÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EzÉÝªÀÅ.

D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zÁå

ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹PÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

Hand you come earlier, we would have got the eight o'clock train.

Has the train left?

If has just left. Had we gone by this train we whoul have reached Bangalore by eleven o'clock.

At what time is the next train?

It is at ten thirty. If we go by that we will reach at one thirty.

Even if we go by that there is no use.

Yes. Had we gone by this we would have reached Vidhana soudha by eleven o'clock.

We would have met the Education Minister at 12 o'clock.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ ¹QÌzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀ

eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV

ªÀiÁvÁqÀ §ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV

ªÀiÁvÁrzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ

£ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀªÀiÁgÀA¨sÀPÉÌ

§gÉÆÃPÉ M¥ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ M¦àzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ

AiÀiÁgÀ£ÁßzÀgÀÆ

CzsÀåPÀëvÉUÉ PÉÃ¼À§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

M¥ÀàzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ

ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

£ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

D£ÀAzÀ: DªÉÄÃ¯É C°èAzÀ gÀ«AiÀÄ

ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÁ£ÀÆ

§gÉ¢¢Ã¤.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è

DgÁªÀÄªÁV PÀÄ½vÀÄ

Hl£ÁzÀgÀÆ

ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAeÉ

vÀ£ÀPÀ EzÀÄÝ ¸ÀAeÉ

ºÉÆgÀqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ¸ÀAeÉ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉ gÉÊ°UÉ

ºÉÆgÀnzÀÝgÉ MA§vÀÄÛ

Had we met him, we could have talked to him in deatil.

Had we talked to him in detail, he would have agreed to come to our function.

Had he agreed we colud have asked someone else to Preside. Supposing he didn't agree then we could have asked some other minister.

Then we could have gone to Ravi's house. We have written him a letter also.

We could have sat leisurely there and had our food.

We could have stayed there till evening and started then.

Had we started by the six o'clock train, we would have

Lesson 21/203

UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥Á¸ï §gÁÛ

EzÉÝªÀÅ.

D£ÀAzÀ: gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉÃ

E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃ¸ÀgÀ

ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼ÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.

gÁªÀÄ: AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ §¸ÀÄì

¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ, §¸ï

¸ÁÖöåArUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ?

D£ÀAzÀ: §¸ï ¸ÁöÖ åArU É ºÆÉ ÃzÀgÀÆ

F §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. §¸ï

¹QÌzÀgÀÆ ¹ÃlÄ ¹UÀ®è.

DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃzÀÄ

G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.

come back at nine o'clock.

If we had'nt written to Ravi, I wouldn't have worried. He will be waiting.

Will there be any bus available, if we go to the bus stand?

Even if we go to the bus stand, we won't get one. Even if we get one we won't get a seat. Therefore there is no use in going.

2. Pattern drill

2.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ LzÀÄ ¤«ÄµÀ ¨ÉÃUÀ

§A¢zÀÝgÉ JAlÄ UÀAmÉ

§¹ìUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

£Á£ÀÄ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉ §¹ìUÉ

ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ MAzÉÃ ¢£ÀzÀ°è

ªÁ¥À¸ï §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

2.2 MAzÀÄ DmÉÆÃ£ÁzÀgÀÆ

¹QÌzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ §gÁÛ EzÉÝ.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV

Had you come five minutes early, we could have gone by the eight o'clock bus.

Had we gone by the eight o'clock bus we could have returned the same day.

Had I got an auto I would have come early.

Had he written well in the

§g¢É zÝÀg É ¥Á¸ÁUÁÛ EzÀÝ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV Hl

ªÀiÁrzÀÝgÉ E£ÀÆß zÀ¥Àà

DUÁÛ EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.

¤£ÉßÃ£É §ÄPï ªÀiÁr¹zÀÝgÉ

nPÉmï ¹UÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.

2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¢£À vÀqÀªÁV

§A¢zÀÝgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¹lÄÖ §gÁÛ

EgÀ°®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ

DVz À Ýg É º À ÄZ À Ñ£ÁUÁ Û

EgÀ°®è.

2.4 £ÁªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉ

EzÀÝzÀÝgÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ

EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ

AiÀiÁUÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ

¸ÀÄRªÁV EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

£Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ

E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ

§gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

2.5 £Á£ÀÄ D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉÆqÀzÉ

E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ CªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß

NzÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

examination he would have got through.

Had she eaten well she would have become still fatter.

Had we booked yesterday we would have got the tickets.

Had he come late on any other day, I wouldn't have got angry.

Had he married her he wouldn't have gone mad.

Hadn't we written him a letter we could have stayed back.

Had she not married him she would have been happy.

Had I not gone to my home town, I could have come to your house.

Had I not given him that book he wouldn't have read it.


Lesson 21/205

¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV

§gÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ D PÉ®¸À

DUÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝgÉ

¤ÃªÀÅ ¹éÃmïì PÉÆr¸À¨ÉÃPÁ

VvÀÄÛ.

CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ

§A¢zÀÝgÉ PÁ¦ü PÉÆqÀ

¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ.

2.7 ¤ÃªÀÅ ZÉ£ÁßV NzÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

PÀlÖ¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.

¤ªÀÄUÉ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ §gÀzÉ

EzÀÝgÉ £ÁlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁqÀ

¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.

¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ

M¦àPÉÆ¼Àî¨ÁgÀ¢vÀÄÛ.

2.8 FUÀ §¸ï¸ÁÖöåArUÉ

ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ §¸ï ¹UÀ®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÀÆ

ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉ §gÀ®è.

gÀªÉÄÃ±À ¢£Á D ºÀÄqÀÄVÃ£À

£ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÆ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ªÀiÁvÁr¹®è.

gÁdå¥Á®gÀÄ £Á¼É

Had you not come in time that work couldn't have been done.

Had I come home you would have had to offer me sweets.

Had he come to my house, I would have had to give him coffee.

If you had not studied well you shouldn't have appeared for examination.

If you you do not know acting you shouldn't have acted in the play.

If you had not made a mistake, your should't have admitted it.

Even if we go to the bus stand now we won't get a bus.

Even though he has learnt Kannada he is unable to speak it.

Even though Ramesh is seeing that girl everyday he hasn't talked to her.

Even though the Governor is

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÆ

AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÆß £ÉÆÃqÀ®è.

°Ã¯Á £Á¼É zÉºÀ°UÉ

ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ

ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

coming to Bangalore tomorrow he won't see anybody.

Leela might go to Delhi tomorrow.

3. Key to learnrs

3.1 The unful filled past conditional (with built in negative implication) sentences are introduced in this lesson.

These sentences have two clauses ; viz. the conditional clause and the main clause. The conditional clause contains a conditional verb in past perfect. The main clause my be a model verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause would always be in the past continuous.

niinu pustaka koTTidare oodtaa idde.

'If you had given me the book. I would have read it.' If the verb in the main class containing model verb, it will be followed by ittu,

avanu bandiddare sinimaakke hoogabahudittu. 'Had he come we could have gone to a movie.'beereyavaru aa kelasa maaDiddare niivu hattu ruupaayi jaasti koDabeekittu. 'Had some one else done that work, you would have had to pay ten rupees more'.nimage jvara bandiddare aafiisige barabaradittu. 'If you had fever, you shouldn't have come to office.


Lesson 21/207

3.2 The negation in the unfulfilled past conditional are of two types.

3.2.1 Negation of conditional clause.

The structure of type (1) is,

Negative verbal participle + id + conditional of iru.

barade + ide + iddare = barade iddiddare.

avaru barade iddiddare naanu barta idde.

'If he had not come, I would have come'.

Type (2) gets negated in both the clauses.

avanu pustaka kodade iddiddare naanu haNa kodtaa iralilla.

'Had he not given me the book, I wouldn't have paid him money.

This type contain double negation and so it gives positive meaning.

3.3 The concessive form in Kannada is obrained by adding-uu to the conditional verb. It gives the meaning "even if......".

avanu ashTondu oodiddarauu avanige buddhi illa.

Even if he has read so much, he doesn't have common sense.

with 'bahuda' it gives the probability meaning.

avanu naaLe bengaLuurige bandaruu barabahudu.

He might come to Bangalore tomorrow.

4. Exercise

4.1 Transform the following sentences into unfulfilled past conditional

4.1.1 zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ vÀgÀPÁj vÀjÛÃ¤.

4.1.2 ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÉÛ.

4.1.3 HjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ vÉAV£ÀPÁ¬Ä vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉÆlÖgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¥É£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.1.5 ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.2 Transform into double negative.

4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ 'UÁA¢ü' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÉÝ.

4.2.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀiÁvÁr¹zÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÆ ªÀiÁvÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.

4.2.1 £Á£ÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ.

4.3 Transform the conditional clause into negative

4.3.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ §A¢zÀgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ̧ ÀAvÉÆÃµÀ DVÛvÀÄÛ.

4.2.2 ªÀÄ¼É ©¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ̈ É¼É ̈ É½ÃvÁ EgÀ°®è.

4.3.3 ¥Àæw¢£Á vÀÄA¨Á zÀÆgÀ £ÀqÉ¢zÀÝgÉ DgÉÆÃUÀå ZÉ£ÁßVjÛvÀÄÛ.

4.4 Translate the following into English. gÁdÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁªÀÄ E§âgÀÆ M¼Éî ¸ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÆ

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è NzÀÄvÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. gÁdÄ vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆj£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀÄ

ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀÄ¤UÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀÄwÛgÀ°®è.

gÁdÄ CªÀ¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°¸À®Ä ¥ÁægÀA©ü¹zÀ. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä

gÁªÀÄ¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ PÀµÀÖªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. DzÀgÀÆ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß

©qÀzÉ PÀ°AiÀÄ®Ä vÉÆqÀVzÀ. ¸ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ eÉÆvÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ

ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄwÛzÀÝ. eÉÆvÉUÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ NzÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.


Lesson 21/209

FUÀ PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ N¢

CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÁÛ£É. gÁdÄ«£À eÉÆvÉ ¢£ÀPÉÌ ̧ Àé®à

ºÉÆvÁÛzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀ¤UÉ vÀÈ¦Û E®è.

CªÀ£ÀÄ »ÃUÉ PÀ°vÀgÉ E£ÀÄß PÉ®ªÉÃ ¢£ÀUÀ¼À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV

ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada.

4.5.1 Mysore is a famous cultural centre in Karnataka.

4.5.2 There are a number of places in Mysore which are worth seeing.

4.5.3 Srirangapattana was the earlier capital of Mysore Wodeyars.

4.5.4 The weather in Mysore is congenial.

4.5.5 I have purchased a new house in Bangalore.

4.5.6 If I meet Raju in Bangalore I will convey your regards.

4.5.7 Please ask him to write me a letter

4.5.8 The person who spoke me over the telephone the other day has come to see me.

4.5.9 Though he had been to meet the Prime minister, he couldn't meet him.

4.5.10It is easier to forget a language than learning it.

5. Vocabulary

CzsÀåPÀëvÉ `presiding'

DgÁªÀÄ `leisurely'

«zÁåªÀÄAwæ èducation minister'

«ªÀgÀªÁV ìn detail'

C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ `to enjoy'

zÀ¥Àà `fat'

¥ÁvÀæ `character'

gÁdå¥Á® `governor'

¸ÀÄRªÁV `happily'

ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `mad'


Lession 22/211

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ gÁdå. EzÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ

zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ°èzÉ. E°èAiÀÄ d£ÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄÄRå

¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁzÀgÀÆ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA, ªÀÄgÁp, »A¢, GzÀÄð,

EAVèµï ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ d£ÀgÀÆ EzÁÝgÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è MlÄÖ ªÀÄÆªÀvÀÄÛ

f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ. ̈ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤. E°è£À ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À vÀÄA¨Á

»vÀPÀgÀªÁVzÀÄÝ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£ÀgÀÄ ¸ÀÄ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀgÀÄ,

¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ vÀÄA¨Á ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄzÁzÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ EzÉ.

gÁdgÀÄ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ, zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ

¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆÃ¶¹PÉÆAqÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. PÀzÀA§, ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀå,

gÁµÀÖçPÀÆl, UÀAUÀ, ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼À, «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀzÀ CgÀ¸ÀgÀÄ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À

MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ F gÁdåªÀ£ÀÄß D½zÁÝgÉ. EªÀÄär ¥ÀÄ°PÉÃ², CªÉÆÃWÀªÀµÀð

£ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ, «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À PÀÈµÀÚzÉÃªÀgÁAiÀÄ, aPÀÌzÉÃªÀgÁd, PÀÈµÀÚgÁd

Mq ÉAi À Äg ï ª À Ä ÄAvÁz Àª Àg À Ä ¸Á»v À å , ¸ ÀA¸ À Ì øwU À¼ À£ À Ä ß

CdgÁªÀÄgÀUÉÆ½¹zÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄ°PÉÃ² ErÃ zÀQët ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è vÀ£Àß ̧ ÁªÀiÁædå

¸ÁÜ¦¹zÀ. £ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ ¸Á»vÀåPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ C¥ÁgÀ. «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À

²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆæÃvÁì»¹zÀ. PÀÈµÀÚzÉÃªÀgÁAiÀÄ£À PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀßªÀ£ÀÄß

©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉzÀÄ ªÀiÁgÀÄwÛzÀÝgÀAvÉ. ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ d£ÀgÀ

»vÁ¸ÀQÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁrzÀgÀÄ.

PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ±ÉæÃµÀ× PÀ«UÀ¼À ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÉÄÃ §AzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉ. D¢PÀ«

¥ÀA¥À EA¢UÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ. gÀ£Àß, PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ºÀjºÀgÀ,

gÁWÀÀªÁAPÀ, ®QëöäÃ±À, gÀvÁßPÀgÀªÀtÂð ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ

¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ²æÃªÀÄAvÀUÉÆ½¹ªÉ. §¸ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ, CPÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ«

ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÀgÀÄ. DqÀÄªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß ̧ Á»vÀåzÀ

ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ Kj¹zÀªÀgÀÄ CxÀªÁ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀÄªÀiÁwUÉ

¥ÁoÀ - 22 E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ. eÁwªÀÄvÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ÄÃj ¨É¼ÉzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸À,

PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ¸À ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ZËPÀnÖ£À°è ̧ ÀªÀiÁdzÀ zÉÆÃµÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

w¢ÝzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¯ÉÆÃ¥ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀlÄªÁV «ªÀÄ²ð¹zÀ ¸ÀªÀðdÕ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ£ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ M§â £ÁqÁr PÀ«. DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå EAzÀÄ

vÀÄA¨Á ¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞªÁV ¨É¼É¢zÉ. ©.JA. ²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå, UÉÆÃ«AzÀ ¥ÉÊ, PÉ.«.

¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ. ¨ÉÃAzÉæ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±À CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ

PÁgÀAvÀ, C.£À. PÀÈµÀÚgÁAiÀÄ, UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ

¥ÀæªÀÄÄRgÀÄ. ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ CvÀåAvÀ ±ÉæÃµÀ× ¸Á»vÀå ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀiÁzÀ èÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ'

¥Àæ±À¹Û PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JAlÄ ªÀÄA¢UÉ §A¢zÉ. PÉ.«. ¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ.¨ÉÃAzÉæ,

²æÃ ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±À CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.

C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð, VjÃ±ï PÁ£Áðqï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ

CªÀgÉÃ F ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉzÀªÀgÀÄ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ £ÉÊ¸ÀVðPÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀwÛ¤AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ. E°è CgÀtå ºÁUÀÆ

R¤d ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁV zÉÆgÀPÀÄvÀÛªÉ. PÉÆÃ¯ÁgÀzÀ ºÀwÛgÀ a£ÀßzÀ

UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀw, vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ, §¼Áîj, PÀÄzÀÄgÉªÀÄÄRUÀ¼À°è PÀ©ât

ºÁUÀÆ ªÀiÁåAUÀ¤Ã¸ï CzÀÄj£À UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°è PÀ©ât,

¹ªÉÄAmï, PÁUÀzÀzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. zÁªÀtUÉgÉAiÀÄ°è ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ,

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°è UÀAzsÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉÃµÉä PÁSÁð£É, ºÉÆ¸À¥ÉÃmÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ

PÁSÁð£,É ¨¼É UÀ Á«AiÄÀ ° è C®Äå«Ä¤AiÄÀ A PÁSÁð£UÉ ½À ª.É ÄÉ U¼À ÆÀ gÄÀ

PÊÉ UÁjPÁ £UÀ gÀ ªÀ AÉ zÃÉ ¥¹æÀ ¢Þ ¥qÀ ¢É z.É C° è §ÈºvÀ ï PÊÉ UÁjPÁ WlÀ PUÀ ¼À ÄÀ Eª.É

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄ ̈ sÁUÀzÀ°è zÀlÖªÁzÀ CgÀtå EzÉ. F CgÀtåzÀ°è

¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀÄªÀ ²æÃUÀAzsÀ, vÉÃUÀ, ºÉÆ£Éß ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛªÉ.

D£É, fAPÉ, PÁqÉªÉÄä, agÀvÉ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ E°è ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ.

E°è£À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ PÁªÉÃj, PÀ¦®, vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÀæ, ±ÀgÁªÀw,

PÀÈµÀÚ. F £À¢UÀ¼À ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß PÀÈ¶UÉ ºÁUÀÄ «zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ GvÁà¢¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ

§¼À¹PÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁVzÉ.

PÁªÉÃj £À¢UÉ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À ºÀwÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßA¨Ár JA§ ̧ ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è CuÉPÀmÉÖ

Lession 22/213212/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

PÀlÖ¯ÁVzÉ. CzÀ£ÀÄß PÀÈµÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. E°è MAzÀÄ

¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ ºÀÆzÉÆÃl«zÉ. CzÀgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À. EzÀÄ

¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ zÉÆqÀØ DPÀµÀðuÉ. ±ÀgÁªÀw £À¢UÉ °AUÀ£ÀªÀÄQÌ JA§°è

CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ «zÀÄåvï GvÁà¢¸À¯ÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÁæ £À¢UÉ ºÉÆ¸À¥ÉÃmÉ

§½ CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ ¤ÃgÁªÀj §¼À¹PÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁVzÉ. PÀÈµÁÚ£À¢UÀÆ CuÉPÀmÉÖ

ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ.

£ÀA¢¨ÉlÖ, PÉªÀÄätÄÚUÀÄAr PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ,

§Ar¥ÀÄgÀ, £ÁUÀgÀºÉÆ¼É C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ.

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆqÀØ£ÀUÀgÀ. E°è

C£ÉÃPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ¸ÁªÀÄåzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. E°è «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ°è gÁdåzÀ

PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ«zÉ. «zsÁ£À ¸À¨sÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ E°è ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ, ºÀÄ§â½î, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁð EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼ÀÄ.

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. »AzÉ EzÀÄ MqÉAiÀÄgÀ

gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ºÀÄ§â½î GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ

ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÁªÀ½ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ªÁå¥ÁgÀ

PÉÃAzÀæ. E°è ̧ ÀÄ¸ÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ §AzÀgÀÄ EzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ®°vÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àzÀ°è

`PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°' JA§ ºÉÆ¸À ±ÉÊ°AiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÈ¶Ö¹zÀ vËgÀÄ£ÁqÀÄ.

LºÉÆ¼É, ¥ÀlÖzÀPÀ®Äè, ¨ÁzÁ«Ä, ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉÃ®ÆgÀÄ, ºÀA¥ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀ

zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ F ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ. ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÀð,

gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ, ²æÃgÀAUÀ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼À°ègÀÄªÀ UÉÆÃ®UÀÄªÀÄälUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀUÁðUÀ¼ÀÄ

ªÀÄÄ¹èªÀÄgÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ. ±ÀæªÀt¨É¼ÀUÉÆ¼ÀzÀ°è

UÉÆªÀÄämÉÃ±ÀégÀ£À KPÀ²¯Á «UÀæºÀ CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°è

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ªÀÄÄPÀÛ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀÈ¶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,

gÁfÃªÀUÁA¢ü ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀÈ¶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁðzÀ°è UÀÄ®§UÁð

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,

²ªÀªÉÆUÀÎzÀ°è PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆj£À°è vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ¨ÁUÀ®PÉÆÃmÉAiÀÄ°è vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

¨É¼ÀUÁA£À°è «±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå vÁAwæPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. C®èzÉ

ºÁªÉÃjAiÀÄ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß DgÀA©ü¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ É¼É gÁV, ̈ sÀvÀÛ, eÉÆÃ¼À, PÀqÀ¯É, vÉÆUÀj, PÀ§Äâ, PÁ¦ü,

ºÀwÛ, K®QÌ, UÉÆqÀA© ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅ ªÁtÂdå ̈ É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

C¨sÁå¸À

1. PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤¹ :

¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw à ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ

«eÁÕ£À à ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ

EwºÁ¸À à LwºÁ¹PÀ

ZÀjvÉæ à ZÁjwæPÀ

¨sÀÆUÉÆÃ¼À à ¨sËUÉÆÃ½PÀ

²PÀët à ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ

2. «gÀÄzÁÞxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤¹ :

Kj¸ÀÄ X E½¸ÀÄ

DqÀÄªÀiÁvÀÄ X UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ̈ sÁµÉ

»vÀ X C»vÀ

¸ÀÄ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ X PÀÄ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ

C¥ÁgÀ X PÀrªÉÄ

§ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ X ¸ÀtÚ PÉÊUÁjPÉ


3. PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹ :

3.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ ?

3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ̈ sÁgÀvÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¢QÌ£À°èzÉ ?

3.3 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?

3.4 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ̈ ÉÃgÉ AiÀiÁªÀ ̈ sÁµÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ d£À EzÁÝgÉ ?

3.5 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ?

3.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À ºÉÃVzÉ?

3.7 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ d£À JAvÀºÀªÀgÀÄ ?

3.8 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ¥ÉÆÃ¶¹zÁÝgÉ?

3.9 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ gÁdªÀÄ£ÉvÀ£ÀzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉÃ½.

3.10 zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁædå ¸ÁÜ¦¹zÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁd

AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

3.11 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀßªÀ£ÀÄß ©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÀÝgÀÄ ?

3.12 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ PÀ«UÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß w½¹?

3.13 ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀ°è §AzÀ PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

3.14 ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀÄªÀiÁw£À ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ

AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

3.15 PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ «ªÀÄ±ÀðPÀ PÀ« AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

3.16 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁjUÉ eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ ¥Àæ±À¹Û §A¢zÉ?

3.17 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è a£ÀßzÀ UÀtÂ J°èzÉ ?

3.18 ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ ?

3.19 zÁªÀtUÉgÉ, ºÉÆ¸À¥ÉÃmÉ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆj£À°ègÀÄªÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ?

3.20 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ CgÀtåUÀ¼À°è ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄªÀ ¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀÄªÀ

ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.

3.21 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ ?

3.22 PÀ£ÀßA¨ÁrAiÀÄ°è AiÀiÁªÀ £À¢UÉ CuÉPÀmÉÖ ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ ?

3.23 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ?

3.24 ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ ?

3.25 `PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°'AiÀÄ zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èªÉ ?

3.26 UÉÆªÀÄäl£À «UÀæºÀ J°èzÉ?

3.27 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°ègÀÄªÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ ?

3.28 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ̈ É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ ?

4. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð :

CdgÁªÀÄgÀ 'immortal'

CuÉPÀmÉÖ 'dam'

CzÀÄgÀÄ 'ore'

C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtå 'game sanctury'

C¼É `to measure'

DqÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ ' spoken language'

D¢ 'beginning, first'

E½¸ÀÄ 'to bring down'

GvÁà¢¸ÀÄ 'to produce'

K®QÌ 'cardamom'

Kj¸ÀÄ 'to raise'


PÀlÄªÁV 'bitterly'

PÀqÀ¯É 'bengal Gram'

PÀ©ât 'iron'

PÀ§Äâ `sugar cane'

PÀgÁªÀ½ ' costal'

PÁSÁð£É 'factory'

PÁqÉªÉÄä 'bison'

PÁ¥ÁqÀÄ 'to protect'

PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 'secretariat'

PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÀgÀÄ 'revolutionary men'

PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ 'patron saint'

PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'industry'

R¤d 'mineral'

UÀAzsÀzÀ JuÉÚ PÁSÁð£É 'Sandalwood oil factory'

VjzsÁªÀÄ 'hill station '

UÉÆÃqÀA© 'cashew'

WÀlPÀ 'unit'

a£Àß 'gold'

agÀvÉ 'cheeta'

ZËPÀlÄÖ 'frame'

eÁw 'caste'

fAPÉ 'deer'

eÉÆÃ¼À 'jowar'

wzÀÄÝ 'to correct'

vÉÃUÀ `teak'

zÀlÖªÁzÀ ' dense'

zÉÆgÀPÀÄ 'available'

zÉÆÃµÀ 'flaw'

zsÁjäPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ 'religious leaders '

£ÁqÁr 'itenerant'

£ÉÊ¸ÀVðPÀ 'natural'

¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ 'tradition'

¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞ 'mature'

¥Àæ±À¹Û 'award'

¥ÉÆÃ¶¸ÀÄ 'to nourish'

¥ÉÆæÃvÁì»¸ÀÄ 'to encourage '

§AzÀgÀÄ 'harbour'

§ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'large scale industry'

¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀÄªÀ 'valuable'

¨sÀvÀÛ 'paddy'

ªÀÄlÖ 'level'

ªÀÄvÀ 'religion'


ªÀiÁzÀj 'model'

«ÄÃgÀÄ 'to transcend'

AiÉÆÃUÀå 'worthy'

gÁV `ragi'

®°vÀ PÀ¯É ' fine arts'

¯ÉÆÃ¥À 'lapse'

ªÁtÂdå 'commercial'

«zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ 'electricity'

«zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvï 'legislative council'

«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÉ 'legislative assembly'

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ 'university'

¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ 'wealth'

¸ÀªÀiÁd ̧ ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ 'social reformers'

¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ 'tolerant'

¸ÁªÀiÁædå 'kingdom '

¸ÀÄ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ 'cultured person'

¸ÀÄ¸ÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ 'well equipped'

²¯Á «UÀæºÀ 'stone idol'

»vÀPÀgÀ 'congenial'

»vÁ¸ÀQÛ 'benificial'

ºÉÃgÀ¼À 'in plenty'

ºÉÆ£Éß `yellow teak'

ºÀwÛ 'cotton'

ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂ 'cotton mill'

ºÀªÁ 'weather'

Lession 23/221

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ

¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀÇ MAzÀÄ. EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ

¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ̈ sÁµÉUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ

£ÀAvÀgÀzÀ ¥ÁæaÃ£À zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉAiÉÄAzÀgÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉUÉ CvÀåAvÀ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ EwºÁ¸À«zÉ. ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ

ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ°èAiÉÄÃ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ°èvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ

C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. DzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¹QÌgÀÄªÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®

DzsÁgÀªÉAzÀgÉ ºÀ°är ±Á¸À£À. ºÁ¸À£À f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ºÀ°är JA§ UÁæªÀÄzÀ°è

¹QÌgÀÄªÀ F ±Á¸À£ÀzÀ PÁ® Qæ.±À. 450. EzÀgÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ

gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

¨sÁµÉ ¤AvÀ ¤ÃgÀ®è. CzÀÄ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ

ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄÆ ¸ÀºÀ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ

§A¢zÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §zÀ¯ÁzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ

CzÀ£ÀÄß LwºÁ¹PÀªÁV ¥ÀÆªÁðzsÀð ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ £Á®ÄÌ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ

«¨sÁV¹zÁÝgÉ.

¥ÀÆªÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À PÁ®. ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À°è ¹UÀÄªÀ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À ¨sÁµÉ

JAzÀÆ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ LzÀ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ MA¨sÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ

±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÀgÀ CªÀ¢ü EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è

ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁzÀ ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹QÌªÉ.

ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁ® ºÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ

PÀqÉAiÀÄªÀgÉUÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è ¥ËæqsÀªÁzÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆgÀ§AzÀªÀÅ. ¥ÀA¥À,

¥ÁoÀ - 23 ¥ÉÆ£Àß, gÀ£Àß£ÀAvÀºÀ PÀ«UÀ½zÀÝgÀÄ. F ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É

¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ CwAiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

§¼À¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ CA¢£À ¥ÀæwµÉ×AiÀÄ ̧ ÀAPÉÃvÀªÁVvÀÄÛ.

£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀvÉÆÛA§vÀÛ£ÉÃ

±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ vÀÄA¨Á

§zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉ M¼À¥ÀnÖvÀÄ. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ

eÉÆvÉUÉ DqÀÄªÀiÁvÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼ÀPÉUÉ §gÀvÉÆqÀVvÀÄ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£Àå ̈ sÁµÉ

ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ, PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ¸ÀªÀðdÕ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ¹QÌ

¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåjUÀÆ CxÀðªÁUÀÄªÀ ºÁUÉ §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉÆArvÀÄ. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ

¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¤AiÀÄªÀÄzÀ°è §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼ÁzÀªÀÅ.

E¥ÀàvÀÛ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ EwÛÃa£À ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ

JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÉÃUÉ ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArvÉÆÛÃ

ºÁUÉ DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ EAVèµï, GzÀÄð ̈ sÁµÉUÀ½AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArzÉ.

EAVèÃµï ²PÀët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è DgÀA¨sÀUÉÆAqÁUÀ ºÉÆ¸À fÃªÀ£À PÀæªÀÄªÉÃ

DgÀA¨sÀªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀëtzÀ DgÀA¨sÀ, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀÈ¶ÖPÉÆÃ£À,

¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ̧ Á»vÀåzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ EªÉ¯Áè ̧ ÉÃj PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ ºÉÆ¸À gÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÉßÃ

¥ÀqÉ¬ÄvÀÄ. DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÆ ¸ÀºÀ EAzÀÄ vÀªÀÄä PÀÈwUÀ¼À°è

DqÀÄªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ. ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄA§ÄzÀÄ UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ªÀiÁvÀæªÀ®è,

ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ JA§ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ J¯Áè PÀqÉ ̈ É¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÉ.

DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ. EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ̧ ÀÆÜ®ªÁV ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ,

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ E¤ßvÀgÀ ºÀ¼ÉÃ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ

G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ MAzÀÄ jÃwAiÀÄ°è ²µÀÖ

¨sÁµÉUÉ ºÀwÛgÀzÀÄÝ. ¸ÀªÀÄÆºÀ ªÀiÁzsÀÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À°è EAzÀÄ §¼À¸ÀÄªÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÀÆÌ

EzÀPÀÆÌ ºÉZÀÄÑ ªÀåvÁå¸À«®è. PÀgÁªÀ½ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ


G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É vÀÄ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ

PÉÆAPÀtÂ ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. ¨ÁA¨É PÀ£ÁðlPÀ CxÀªÁ ºÀÄ§â½î,

zsÁgÀªÁqÀ, ¨É¼ÀUÁ« ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ zsÁgÀªÁqÀ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÀÄgÁp ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ.

©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÁð, ©ÃzÀgï, gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F

G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉZÀÄÑ GzÀÄð ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ̈ sÁµÉ EAzÀÄ CvÀåAvÀ ̧ ÀªÀÄxÀð ̈ sÁµÉAiÀiÁV ̈ É¼ÉzÀÄ ¤AwzÉ.

²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄªÁV, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV

¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀiÁV CzÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄªÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝj £ÀªÀÄäzÀÄ.

C¨sÁå¸À

1. PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

1.1 ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ ?

1.2 CvÀåAvÀ ¥ÁæaÃ£À zÁæ«qÀ ̈ sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?

1.3 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ JµÀÖ£ÉÃ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ EvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ

C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ ?

1.4 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ±Á¸À£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? CzÀgÀ PÁ® JµÀÄÖ ?

1.5 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ?

CªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀÅªÀÅ? CªÀÅUÀ¼À PÁ® AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?

1.6 DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ?

2. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð:

Cw 'too much'

CxÀðªÁUÀÄ 'to understand'

UÀÄ®âUÁð

C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ òpinion'

CªÀ¢ü `period'

DqÀ½vÀ ̈ sÁµÉ àdministrative language'

DzsÁgÀ `source'

DgÀA¨sÀ `begin'

EwÛÃa£À `recent'

G¥À¨sÁµÉ `dialect'

M¼À¥ÀqÀÄ ùndergo'

Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ À.D'

PÀÈw `work of art'

UÀªÀÄ£À àttention'

UÀæAxÀ `book'

UÁæªÀÄ `village'

dªÁ¨ÁÝj `responsibility'

fÃªÀ£À PÀæªÀÄ `life style'

vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët `technical education'

£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ `medieval kannada'

¤AiÀÄªÀÄ `principle'

¥ÀæwµÉ× `pride'

¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ ìnfluence'

¥Àæ¨sÉÃzÀ `variety'

¥ÀArvÀ `scholar'

¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ̧ Á»vÀå `western literature'

¥ÀÆªÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ `pre old kannada'

¥ËæqsÀ `mature, learned'


ªÀiÁ£Àå àcceptable'

ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀ `fundamental'

gÀÆ¥À `shape'

ªÀåvÁå¸À `difference'

ªÁåPÀgÀt `grammar'

ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É `sentence construction'

«avÀæ `peculiar '

«zÁéA¸À `scholar'

«¨sÁV¸ÀÄ `to divide'

ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀÈ¶ÖPÉÆÃ£À `scientific outlook'

¸ÀAPÉÃvÀ `symbol'

¸ÀªÀÄxÀð `capable'

¸ÀªÀÄÆºÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ `mass media'

¸ÀégÀÆ¥À `form'

¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀågÀÄ òrdinary people'

¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV ìn brief'

±À§Ý `sound'

±Á¸À£À ìnscription'

²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ èducational medium'

²µÀÖ ̈ sÁµÉ `standard language'

ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ òld kannada'

¥ÁoÀ - 24

ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀÄªÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ

¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÀÆ zÉÆÃZÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ,

¥Àæw¨sÀn¹zÀªÀjUÉ ZÀÆj ºÁPÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄÊªÉÄÃ°gÀÄªÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QÃ¼À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ¯ÉÃ ªÀÄ£ÀUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ

vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀÅzÀ£Éß¯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ

PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. EAxÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½AiÀÄ

«gÀÄzÀÞ £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ PÀvÀðªÀåªÀ£ÀÄß

£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÆ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁzsÀå«®èªÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ

gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀÄ°èAiÉÄÃ EAxÀ ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¥Àj¹ÜwAiÀiÁzÀgÉ gÁdåzÀ EvÀgÀ

¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À°è£À ̧ À¤ßªÉÃ±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ̈ ÉÃqÀ. ªÉÆ£Éß, £ÀUÀgÀzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj

¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀÄªÀ ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ

JzÀÄj¸ÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀ ¢£ÀUÀAqÀ PÀëtUÀAqÀzÀ CgÀQëvÀ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ

ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ EwÛÃZÉUÉ £ÀqÉ¢gÀÄªÀ LzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt. EzÉÃ

£ÀªÉA§gï E¥ÀàvÉÛöÊzÀgÀAzÀÄ PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è £Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢

DUÀAvÀÄPÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀPÉÌ £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. ¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ Nr ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ. JgÀqÉÃ ¢£ÀUÀ¼À £ÀAvÀgÀ, E¥ÀàvÉÛÃ¼ÀgÀAzÀÄ

UÀAUÉÃ£ÀºÀ½îAiÀÄ°è, r¸ÉA§gï JgÀqÀgÀAzÀÄ «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è;

CzÉÃ ¢£À ªÀÄvÉÛ PÁqïðgÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀzÉÃ ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ

£ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. ̧ ÀtÚ ¥ÀÄlÖ C¥ÀgÁzsÀUÀ½UÉ®è ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rzÀÄ ̈ ÉzÀj¸ÀÄªÀ

¥ÉÆ°Ã¸ÀjUÉ F ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉUÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß ªÉÄlÄÖªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ

¸ÁzsÀåªÁV®è. PÀ¼ÉzÀ K¦æ¯ï£À°è dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è E§âgÀÄ

¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃZÀ¯Éwß¹zÀ E§âgÀÄ ̧ ÀÆÌlgï ̧ ÀªÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rAiÀÄ®Ä

ºÉÆÃzÀÄzÀPÁÌV ªÀÄÄ¤PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà ZÀÆj EjvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ.

PÉÆ¯É ¥ÁvÀPÀgÀÄ EzÀÄªÀgÉUÀÆ ¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀAvÉ PÁtÄªÀÅ¢®è.

¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ½UÉ ²PÁë zÀAqÀzÀ ¨s ÀAiÀÄªÉÃ


vÀ¦àºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ EA¢£À ¥Àj¹Üw AiÀiÁªÀ ̧ ÀgÀPÁgÀPÀÆÌ ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀÄªÀ ̧ ÀAUÀw

C®è. (¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ, ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ, 7. 12. 1982)

C¨sÁå¸À 1.1 PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹.

¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ, £ÀUÀ£Átå, PÀA©QÃ¼ÀÄ, ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀÄ, ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ

¥Àj¹Üw, dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄ

1.2 ¤zÉÃð±À£ÀzÀAvÉ §gÉ¬Äj.

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ

¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. (into positive)

ªÉÄÊªÉÄÃ°gÀÄªÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QÃ¼À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

(into prohibitive)ºÁqÀÄºÀUÀ¯ÉÃ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ

¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀÅzÀ£Éß¯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À

ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. (split into simple sentences)

£Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢ DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß £ÀÄVÎ ̧ Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ.

¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ NrºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ (change

into double negative without changing meaning )PÁqïð gÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀªÉÃ ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ.

(negate)1.3 PÉ¼ÀV£À «gÀÄzÁÞxÀð ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤¹. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ

ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹.

ªÀiÁ£À X CªÀªÀiÁ£À

¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ X ÇÀÄgÀQëvÀÀ

ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ X gÁwæ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ

DUÀAvÀPÀ X ¥ÀjavÀ

1.4 PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ EAzÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ ¥Á°UÉ ̧ ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÁV®è ?

PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½ K£É®è ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛzÉ ?

¸ÀPÁðgÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ «gÀÄzÀÞ d£ÀjUÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä

¸ÁzsÀåªÁVzÉAiÉÄÃ ?

§£À±ÀAPÀjAiÀÄ°è £ÀqÉzÀ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt JµÀÖ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt ?

PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è DUÀAvÀPÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ ?

ªÀÄÄ¤PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà KPÉ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ ?

2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð

C¥ÀgÁzsÀ `crime'

ÇÀÄgÀQëvÀ ùn protected'

DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ `strangers'

EjvÀ `stabbing'

PÀA©QÃ¼ÀÄ `to take to ones heels'

PÀvÀðªÀå `duty'

PÀ¹ `snatch'

PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀÄ `lawless'

PÉÆ¯É¥ÁvÀPÀgÀÄ `murderers'

PÀëtUÀAqÀ `diasaster at every moment'

ZÁPÀÄ `knife'

ZÀÆj `knife'

dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ `proclaim to the world'

¢£ÀUÀAqÀ `daily diasaster'

¥ÁoÀ - 25

¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

£Á£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÉÃ½ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀÄ £ÀPÀÌgÉ JA§ ¨sÀAiÀÄ

¤ªÀÄVzÉAiÉÄÃ? ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°è ¤ªÀÄä ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉÃ½ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀÄvÁÛgÉ

¤d. ¤ÃªÀÅ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ £ÀPÀÄÌ ©r. DzÀgÉ ¤gÀÄvÁì»UÀ¼ÁUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¤ªÀÄä

¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß MAzÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«£À ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀAvÉ. DzÀgÉ £É£À¦r; ¤ÃªÀÅ

ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉAiÀÄªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ

ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀzÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀªÉÃ.

¨ÉÃgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ¤gÀAvÀgÀ

C¨sÁå¸À¢AzÀ¯ÉÃ PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁgÀÆ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ, JAzÀÆ ºÉÆ¸À

¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä PÀ°w®è. ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄÄRå ̧ ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåAiÉÄAzÀgÉ MAzÀÄ

¸Áj ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ¤ÃªÀÅ JZÀÑjPÉ¬ÄAzÀ ¤ªÀÄä

eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤¹. DUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ J°è vÀ¥ÀÄà

ªÀiÁqÀÄ«j J°è ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅ¢®è JAzÀÄ w½AiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ. PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ vÁªÀÅ

ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥ÉàÃ ̧ Àj JAzÀÄ w½zÀÄ d£ÀUÀ¼À ̧ ÀA¥ÀPÀðªÀ£ÉßÃ ©lÄÖ ©qÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

CAxÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ̧ Àj¥Àr¹PÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀÆ E®è, ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV

PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÆ E®è.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ UÉÆwÛ®èzÉ EgÀÄªÀ £À£Àß C£ÉÃPÀ d£À ̧ ÉßÃ»vÀgÀÄ EzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ

¢£À¤vÀåzÀ §¼ÀPÉUÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. £À£Àß ºÀwÛgÀ §AzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ

PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÉA§ D¸É EzÉ, PÀ°¹ JAzÀÄ PÉÃ½zÀgÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¸ÀvÉÆqÀVzÉ,

£ÀªÀÄ¸ÁÌgÀ ̧ ÉßÃ»vÀ, ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ, dªÁ£À, ªÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÉÆzÀ®

¢£À ºÉÃ½PÉÆmÉÖ. ªÀiÁgÀ£ÉÃ ¢£À £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¹zÀ CzsÀðzÀµÀÄÖ CªÀgÀÄ

ªÀÄgÉwzÀÝgÀÄ. CªÀjUÉ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß eÁÕ¥ÀPÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀµÀÄÖ ¸ÀAAiÀÄªÀÄ

EgÀ°®è. DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÁUÀ ¸ÀAAiÀÄªÀÄ¢A¢j,

D¸ÀQÛ vÉÆÃj¹, ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÁUÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ªÀÄÄvÀÛ® ¥Àj¸ÀgÀPÉÌ

ºÉÆA¢PÉÆ½î. d£ÀgÉÆqÀ£É MAzÁV CzÀPÁÌV PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÉßÃ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ

ªÀiÁrPÉÆ½î.


zÉÆÃZÀÄ `to loot'

£ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ `citizens'

£ÀUÀ£Átå `jewellery and cash'

£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀÄ `to perform'

¥ÀæPÀgÀt ìncident'

¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ `to protest'

¥ÀvÉÛ `detection'

¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À èscape'

¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ `pedestrains'

¥Á®Ä `share'

¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ `lawless men'

§qÁªÀuÉ èxtension'

§r `to beat'

¨ÉzÀj¸ÀÄ `to threaten'

¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ `horrifying'

¨sÁUÀ `part'

ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£À ìnnocent people'

ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀlÄÖ `pack up'

¸ÀªÁgÀgÀÄ `riders'

²PÁëzÀAqÀ `punishment'

ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ `day light robbery '

ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ®Ä `broad day light'


¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÁUÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁVzÀÄÝ, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¨Á°±ÀªÁV PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. «avÀæ J¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¨ÉÃ¸ÀgÀ vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. aAvÉ¬Ä®è C¨sÁå¸ÀªÀiÁr. PÀxÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°¬Äj. ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃ½PÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ vÀPÀÌAvÉ C©ü£À¬Ä¹. ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÀÈ¶Ö¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ ªÉÄZÀÄÑªÀAvÉ ªÀiÁr.

¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀAvÀÆ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ. CzÀPÉÌ ¹zÀÞgÁVj. ºÉÆ¸À ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÁUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄÆRðgÁUÀÄwÛÃj, WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîwÛÃj. £ÀUÉ¥Ál°UÉ FqÁUÀÄwÛÃj. CzÀPÉÌ¯Áè vÀAiÀiÁgÁVj. ºÉÆ¸À ¨sÁµÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀQÌAvÀ WÀ£ÀªÁzÀzÀÄÝ.

ºÉÆ¸À ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÁUÀ ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄªÀµÀÄÖ NzÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀgÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ¬Ä®è. DzÀgÉ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉUÀ½UÉ vÀPÀÌ ºÁUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ NzÀ¨ÉÃPÉ¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¸ÀtÚ ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯Á ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀAvÀPÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ DgÉÆÃUÀå, ¹¤ªÀiÁ ¸ÀÄ¢Ý ªÉÆzÀ¯ÁzÀªÀÅ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÀÛªÉ. ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä PÀµÀÖªÁzÀgÀÆ §ºÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀPÁj. CªÀÅUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¢£À ¤vÀåzÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ZÀað¸À®Ä ̈ ÉÃPÁzÀ ºÉÆ¸À ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä ±À§Ý ̈ sÀAqÁgÀPÉÌ ̧ ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ. CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉVAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¨ÉÃr. MAzÀÄ ¥ÀzÀzÀ CxÀð ¸À¤ßªÉÃ±ÀzÀ »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄ°è CxÀðªÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §gÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼À¸ÀÄªÀ CªÀPÁ±À E®èzÉÃ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÉßÃ»vÀ¤UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ §gÉ¬Äj. §gÀªÀtÂUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ DvÀä «±Áé¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ̧ ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄgÀ£ÁßV ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

PÀqÉAiÀÄzÁV MAzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ : vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°w¢ÝÃj. DzÀÝjAzÀ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄ¨ÉÃr. KPÉAzÀgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ PÀµÀÖªÉÇÃ ªÉÄgÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ CµÉÖÃ ̧ ÀÄ®¨sÀ.

C¨sÁå¸À

1. PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

1.1 ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ ?

1.2 PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ ̈ sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß KPÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅ¢®è ?

1.3 ºÉÆ¸À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃUÉ PÀ°AiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ?

1.4 NzÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAvÀºÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ?

1.5 §gÀªÀtÂUÉ¬ÄAzÁUÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À K£ÀÄ ?

2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð

CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ `necessity'

DvÀä«±Áé¸À `confidence '

JZÀÑjPÉ `caution, conscious'

UÀªÀÄ¤¸ÀÄ `to notice '

WÀ£ÀvÉ `dignity '

ZÀað¸ÀÄ `to discuss'

eÁÕ¥ÀPÀ `memory'

vÀ¥ÀÄà `mistake'

zÀAvÀPÀxÉ `mythological story'

¢£À ¤vÀå `daily'

Lesson 25/231


£ÀUÉ¥Ál®Ä `laughing stock'

¤WÀAlÄ `dictionary'

¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÀ `periodicals'

¤gÀAvÀgÀ `constantly'

¤gÀÄvÁìºÀ `discourage'

¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ `determination'

£É£À¥ÀÄ `memory'

¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ènvironment'

¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À ùsefulness'

¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ `primary'

§gÀªÀtÂUÉ `writing'

¨Á°±À `childish'

¨sÀAiÀÄ `fear'

ªÀÄvÉÛ àgain'

ªÀÄÆRð `fool'

ªÉÄZÀÄÑ `to appreciate'

«avÀæ `peculiar'

¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀð ìncident'

¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ `local'

¸À¤ßªÉÃ±À `situation'

¸ÀA¥ÀPÀð `contact'

¸ÀªÀÄ¸Éå `problem'

¸ÀAAiÀÄªÀÄ `patience'

¸ÀgÀ¼À `simple'

¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉÆ¼ÀÄî `set right'

¸ÀÈ¶Ö¸ÀÄ `to create'

¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ `general / public'

±À§Ý ̈ sÀAqÁgÀ `vocabulary '

ºÀAvÀ `stage'

»£Éß¯É `background'

ºÉÆAzÀÄ `to adjust' / 'to possess'

Part II / 235

PART II SCRIPT

Mostly hand movement in Kannada is anti clockwise. But there are stray instances where the clockwise movement is also seen. The letters in this book are arranged into a group on their shape similarity and contrastive perception. The arrow mark and the numbering show the beginning and the direction of the movement.

The consonant in kannada possess an inherant vowel - a. This is generally marked by (talakaTTu). But there are some letters which do not have talakaTTu. The pure consonant is marked by (halant)

- r consonant.

- r+a combination

ï

gÀ F

PÀ AiÀÄ gÀhÄ

o 1

2

oÀ1

2

31

2

34

4

2

1

31

2 4

3

1

2

3

4

5

gï

gÀ

" circle" otherwise known as "anuswara" indicates a nasal

consonant corresponding to the following consonant.

The words and sentences to practice.

Note that The above words and sentences are formed by

using the letters introduced in this lesson.

F is the only vowel introduced here.

This is the secondary sympbol of vowel F. The box

indicates the primary consonant. The combination of F with

consonants are realised in the following examples.

FgÀ PÀgÀ PÀAoÀ

F PÀgÀ

F PÀAoÀ

gï + F = jÃ

oï + F = pÃ

Pï + F = QÃ

AiÀiï + F = ¬ÄÃ

gÀhiï + F = jhÄÃ

Circle ra Tha ii

ka ya Jha

Ã

GROUP 2

The vowels introduced in this group are The

Secondary symbol of C ( ) is already dealt in the previous Àlesson. The secondary symbols of the other vowels are given below.

Words and sentences for Practice

C, D, G, H.

Part II / 237236/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

D Á ¯Á ¯ÁAiÀÄ

G Ä ®Ä PÁ®Ä

H Æ ®Æ D®ÆgÀÄ

D® D®AiÀÄ

®AiÀÄ PÁ®gÀ D D®AiÀÄ

HgÀÄ DPÀgÀ F HgÀÄ

PÁ® gÀÆ®Ä F D®AiÀÄ D HgÀ D®AiÀÄ

®1 D1

2

C1

2

G1

2

H1

2 3

Combine the following

gï + D = ____________

oï + D = ____________

Pï + D = ____________

AiÀiï + D = ____________

gÀhiï + D = ____________

¯ï + D = ____________

gï + G = ____________

oï + G = ____________

Pï + G = ____________

AiÀiï + G = ____________

gÀhiï + G = ____________

¯ï + G = ____________

gï + H = ____________

oï + H = ____________

Pï + H = ____________

AiÀiï + H = ____________

gÀhiï + H = ____________

¯ï + H = ____________

la a aa

u Uu


GROUP 3

No vowels in this group

Words and sentences for practice


zï + F = ____________

zsï + F = ____________

xï + F = ____________

qï + F = ____________

qsï + F = ____________

zï + D = ____________

zsï + D = ____________

xï + D = ____________

qï + D = ____________

qsï + D = ____________

zï + G = ____________

zsï + G = ____________

xï + G = ____________

qï + G = ____________

qsï + G = ____________

zï + H = ____________

zsï + H = ____________

xï + H = ____________

qï + H = ____________

qsï + H = ____________

zÀ1

2

zsÀ1

2

3xÀ1

2

4

3

qÀ1

3

2 qsÀ1

3

2

4

zÀqÀ zÁgÀ PÀAzÀ

PÀzÀ zÀÆgÀ DzsÁgÀ

gÀxÀ zÀAqÀ PÀqÀÆgÀÄ

F gÀxÀ HgÀ gÀxÀ

FgÀ gÁAiÀÄgÀ PÀAqÀ

GzÀAiÀÄ D®AiÀÄzÀ PÀzÀ PÀAqÀ

da dha tha

Da Dha

GROUP 4

The vowels introduced are . The Secondary

symbols are given below.

The combination of these secondary symbols with the consonants are given below.

J, K


J É ªÉ PÁ®ÄªÉ

K ÉÃ ªÉÃ ªÉÃzÀ

ªï + J = ªÉ ªï + K = ªÉÃ

ªÀiï +J = ªÉÄ ªÀiï + K = ªÉÄÃ

bï + J = bÉ bï + K = bÉÃ

J1 K1

2

ªÀ1

2

ªÀÄ1

2

bÀ1

2

3


JqÀ JzÀÄgÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀ D®zÀ ªÀÄgÀ

ªÀÄgÀ gÀÄªÀiÁ®Ä CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ gÀÄªÀiÁ®Ä

bÀ® JPÀgÉ ªÀiÁzsÀÄ ªÀiÁAiÀÄªÁzÀgÀÄ

ªÀgÀ PÁ®ÄªÉ

KPÀ

Observe the following combinations.

ªï + F = «Ã

ªÀiï + F = «ÄÃ

bï + F = cÃ

ªï + D = ªÁ

ªÀiï + D = ªÀiÁ

bï + D = bÁ

ªï + G = ªÀÅ

ªÀiï + G = ªÀÄÄ

bï + G = bÀÄ

e ee va

ma cha

GROUP 5

The vowel introduced here is is the combination of

a+i, which is normally called dipthong. The secondary symbol is given below :

The combination with other consonants :

L. L


L ÉÊ ¥ÉÊ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ


¥ÀzÀ CWÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥sÉÃ®Ä ¥ÁAqÀªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀzÀPÀ

¥sÀ® GµÀ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ ¥sÀAqÀgÁ¥ÀÄgÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï

D HgÀÄ ¥ÁAqÀªÀ¥ÀÄgÀ

gÁªÀÄ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀ

CzÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀzÀ ¥sÀ®

Observe the following combinations :

¥ï + F ¦Ã

¥ï + D = ¥Á

¥ï + G = ¥ÀÅ

¥ï + H = ¥ÀÇ

¥ï + J = ¥É

¥ï + K = ¥ÉÃ

¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ

=

µÀ1

4

¥À1

3

¥sÀ1

3

4

2253

1

4

5

3 2 L12

¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ

¥sï + L = ¥sÉÊ

µï + L = µÉÊ

Wï + L = WÉÊ

pa pha sha

gha aee

GROUP 6

The vowels introduced here are is the

combination of a+u, which is a dipthong like L. The secondary

symbols are given below.

M, N, O. O


Words and sentences

MzÉ NqÀÄ PÀªÀÄ® MAzÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀÄ.

NzÀÄ OµÀzsÀ MAzÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀÄ

d® doÀgÀ CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ N¯É.


gï + M = ___________gï + N = ___________gï + O = ___________¯ï + M = ___________¯ï + N = ___________¯ï + O = ___________AiÀiï + M = ___________AiÀiï + N = ___________eï + M = ___________eï + N = ___________eï + O = ___________ªÀiï + O = ___________ªï + M = ___________ªï + N = ___________ªï + O = ___________¥ï + N = ___________¥ï + O = ___________ªÀiï + M = ___________

M1

o

N1

oo

O2au

1

d1

ja

2

M ÉÆ PÉÆ PÉÆ¯É

N ÉÆÃ PÉÆÃ PÉÆÃgÀÄ

O Ë PË PËgÀªÀ

GROUP 7

Words and sentences


¨ï + F = ___________

Zï + F = ___________

¨sï + D = ___________

Zï + N = ___________

Zï + D = ___________

Zï + M = ___________

¨ï + K = ___________

¨sï + G = ___________

Zï + H = ___________

eï + L = ___________

¨ï + O = ___________

¨sï + M = ___________


§1

ba

¨sÀ1

bha ca

3

2

ZÀ1

4

23

§PÀ ZÀgÀPÀ ZÀªÀÄZÀ gÁdÄ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉzÀ

¨sÀAiÀÄ ¨Á®PÀ ZÉAqÀÄ ªÀiÁªÀ ¨ÉÆA¨É PÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ.

¨sÁªÀ ZÁ®PÀ ZËPÀ PÀªÀÄ® ¨sÀAiÀÄ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ

GROUP 8



mï + C = ___________

vï + D = ___________

mï + F = ___________

vï + F = ___________

mï + J = ___________

mï + K = ___________

vï + J = ___________

vï + M = ___________

mï + M = ___________

vï + O = ___________

mï + N = ___________

l1

Ta

vÀ1

ta

2

Dl vÀAzÉ mÁgÀÄ vÀjÃPÉgÉ

vÉÆÃl vÁvÀ mÉÆªÉÄmÉÆ

Nl vÀl l¥Á®Ä vÁªÀgÉ

CzÀÄ gÁAiÀÄgÀ vÉÆÃl.

CAZÉAiÀÄ ¥ÉÃzÉ GµÉAiÀÄ l¥Á®Ä vÀAzÀ.

2

GROUP 9

The vowel in this lesson is . The secondary symbol is given

below :


gï + E = jªï + E = « AiÀiï + E = ¬Ä zï + E = ¢ uï + E = tÂ mï + E = nvï + E = w

k is not used as a graphic representation.

"circle" when followed by palatal sounds functions as `k'

e.g. ZÀAZÀ®, ªÀÄAZÀ, PÀAZÀÄ.


EzÀÄ EgÀÄªÉ ªÀÄuÉ EªÀgÀÄ E° ¨sÀgÀtÂ PÉÆÃuÉ EªÀgÀÄ EAzÀÄªÀÄwAiÀÄ vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä.D KtÂ EªÀgÀzÀÄ.

E


E1

i

k1

na Na

3t1

E j PÀÄj

GROUP 10



Uï + F = ___________£ï + F = ___________¸ï + D = ___________Uï + M = ___________£ï + N = ___________¸ï + O = ___________£ï + J = ___________¸ï + K = ___________Uï + L = ___________Uï + E = ___________

UÀga

ªÀÄUÀ £ÀUÀ UÀgÀUÀ¸À UÀUÀ£À

¸ÀgÀ £Á¬Ä ¸ÀqÀUÀgÀ ¸ÀÄgÀ¸ÀÄAzÀj

¸ÀAUÀ £ÉÆÃl UÀAmÉ

ªÀÄAUÀ ¸ÁªÀÅ D¸É

CªÀ¤UÉ UÁ£ÀAiÉÆÃV JAzÀÄ ©gÀÄzÀÄ EzÉ.

EªÀ¤UÉ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ D¸É.

ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ.

1

2 2

£Àna

1

2

¸Àsa

1

3

2

GROUP 11


ªÀÄ¼É ±Á®Ä ºÁ®Ä PÀ¼ÀAPÀ

D¼ÀÄ ±ÉÊ® ºÀÆªÀÅ ºÀ¼À¢

§¼É ²Ã® ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ PÀ¼À±À

±ËZÀ ºÉÆÃj ¸À±ÉÃµÀ

D ºÀ¸ÀÄ«£À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ UËj.

ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀgÉ ¨É¼É.

²²gÀ£À UÉ¼Àw ±ÉÊ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj.


¼ï + F = ½Ã

±ï + D = ±Á

ºï + J = ºÉ

±ï + O = ±Ë

¼ï + L = ¼ÉÊ

ºï + N = ºÉÆÃ

ºï + E = »


¼À1

La

±ÀSa ha

ºÀ1

GROUP 12

IÄ is the vowel introduced in this group of letters. IÄ is a

Sanskrit borrowed sound found only in Sanskrit borrowed words. The secondary symbol is given below. Although it is treated as a vowel in traditional grammar it functions as a consonant.

Observe the follwoing combinations :

vï + IÄ = vÀÈ zï + IÄ = zÀÈ ¸ï + IÄ = ¸ÀÈ

Words and sentences for Practice.

RUÀ ±ÀAR IÄ¶ ReÁ£É zÀÄBR RAqÀ PÀÈ¥À IÄvÀÄ vÀÈt IÄt¨sÁgÀ CAvÀBPÀgÀt

IÄvÀÄªÀiÁ£À CAvÀB¥ÀÄgÀ

visarga has the ̀ ah' sound value

PÀÈ¶ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀÈ¶PÀ. ¨sÁgÀvÀ zÉÃ±ÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ zÉºÀ°. vÉÃ£À¹AUÀ UËj ±ÀAPÀgÀ ²RgÀ KjzÀ. ¥sÀÇ®£ï zÉÃ« qsÀPÁ¬ÄvÀgÀ gÁtÂ.

Rkha

1 IÄri

4

3

B"Visarga"

2 2

1

2

2

2

IÄ È PÀÈ PÀÈ¶

Primary letters along with the secondary symbols of vowels are introduced so far. Now let us see the secondary symbols of the consonants. The secondary symbols of the consonants are also grouped into three categories. viz.,

1. The secondary symbols similar to the primary letters but smaller in size.

2. The secondary symbols which show a little deviant forms from that of the primary ones.

3. The secondary symbols which have completely different shape from that of the primary ones.

The secondary symbols of the consonants are written below the primary letters.

Group I

eï + d = dÓ CdÓ

mï + l = lÖ ¨ÉlÖ

uï + t = tÚ CtÚ

¨ï + § = §â ºÀ§â

ªï + ªÀ = ªÀé CªÀé

CfÓ, PÀnÖUÉ, PÀtÄÚ, PÀ§Äâ, vÉÆªÉé

ªÀÄfÓUÉ, ºÉÆmÉÖ, ¨ÉuÉÚ, ¨ÉÆ¨Éâ, ¸ÀÄªÁé°.


CfÓ CdÓ¤UÉ PÀeÁÓAiÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.

QnÖ PÉÆÃ½ ªÉÆmÉÖ vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆlÖ.

MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ̈ ÉuÉÚ, MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ̧ ÀÄtÚ.

¸ÀÄ§â ºÀ§âzÀ UÀ¯ÁmÉ PÉÃ½ vÀ©â¨ÁâzÀ.

CªÀé ̧ ÀÄ«é ̧ ÀÄªÀé¯Á° JAzÀÄ ºÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.

Group II

Pï + PÀ = PÀÌ CPÀÌ

Uï + UÀ = UÀÎ ºÀUÀÎ

Zï + ZÀ = ZÀÑ ºÀÄZÀÑ

qï + qÀ = qÀØ zÀqÀØ

zï + zÀ = zÀÝ ¥ÉzÀÝ

¼ï + ¼À = ¼Àî PÀ¼Àî

¥ï + ¥À = ¥Àà vÀÄ¥Àà

¸ï + ¸À = ¸Àì §¸ÀÄì

ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ, ªÀÄUÀÎ, ªÉÄZÀÄÑ, UÀqÀØ, UÀzÀÝ®, ¸ÀÄ¼ÀÄî, C¥Àà, ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì,

¸ÀPÀÌgÉ, £ÀÄUÉÎÃPÁ¬Ä, CZÀÑj, PÀqÁØAiÀÄ, ºÀzÀÄÝ, ¨É¼ÀÄî½î, PÀ¥ÀÄà.

CPÀÌ£À ªÀÄPÀÌ½UÉ ZÀPÀÄÌ° ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

UÀÄUÀÄÎ vÀVÎ §VÎ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.

ºÀÄZÀÑ¥Àà ºÀÄZÀÄÑZÁÑV ªÀiÁvÁrzÀ.

zÀÄrØzÀÝªÀ£ÀÄ §rØ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÀÆr¹ zÉÆqÀØªÀ£ÁzÀ.

¥ÉzÀÝ ¥É¢Ý ªÀÄÄzÉÝ wAzÀÄ ©zÀÝA©Ã¼À NrzÀgÀÄ.

PÀ¼Àî ¸ÀÄ¼ÀÄî ºÉÃ½zÀ.

C¥Àà ºÀ¥Àà¼À wAzÀÄ ¸À¥Éà JAzÀgÀÄ.

£À£ÀUÉ vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ.


Group III

vï + vÀ = vÀÛ PÀvÀÛj

£ï + £À = £Àß PÀ£ÀßqÀ

ªÀiï + ªÀÄ = ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä

AiÀiï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄå CAiÀÄå

¯ï + ® = ®è ¨É®è

vÀÄvÀÆÛj, ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ¸ÀÄªÀÄä£É, PÀAiÀiÁågÉ, PÀ®Äè, PÀvÀÛ®Ä,

ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ZÀªÀiÁägÀ, §AiÀÄÄå, PÀ®èAUÀr.

PÀvÉÛ §®èzÉ PÀ¸ÀÆÛjAiÀÄ ªÁ¸À£ÉAiÀÄ ?

§£Áßj C£Àß w£ÀßzÉ MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ D¬ÄvÀÄ.

vÀªÀÄäAiÀÄå ¸ÀÄªÀÄä ¸ÀÄªÀÄä£É £ÀPÀÌ.

CªÀÄäAiÀÄå ªÀAiÀiÁågÀ¢AzÀ GAiÀiÁå¯ÉAiÀÄ°è PÀÄ½vÀ¼ÀÄ.

ªÀÄ°è ºÀt PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ C°è E°è ºÀÄqÀÄQzÀ¼ÀÄ.

The secondary symbols are given below with directions. Û1 ß1

ä1

å1

è1

The homegeneous clusters of the consonants were introduced so far. Now let us see the heterogeneous clusters. Whenever the cluster is pronounced, the first pronounced letter will be the primary one and then followed is a secondary one.

eï + ªÀ = dé dégÀ

¨ï + d = §Ó PÀÄ§Ó

µÀ + t = µÀÚ PÀÈµÀÚ

Uï + § = Uïâ ªÁUÀâ®

eï + k = dÕ CdÕ

eÁé¯É, C§Ó, «µÀÄÚ, CPÀâgï, «eÁÕ¤, ¸ÀégÀ, ¸ÀÈ¶Ö.

PÀÈµÀÚ ¸Áé«ÄUÉ dégÀ §A¢zÉ.

«µÀÄÚ PÀÈµÀÚ£ÁV CªÀvÀj¹zÀ.

D qÁPÀÖgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á M¼ÉîAiÀÄªÀgÀÄ.

vÀdÕgÁzÀ «eÁÕ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è EzÁÝgÉ.

vï + PÀ = vÀÌ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ

qï + UÀ = qÀÎ RqÀÎ

±ï + ZÀ = ±ÀÑ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ

Zï + bÀ = ZÀÒ GZÀÒ

zï + zsÀ = zÀÞ GzÁÞgÀ


Please note that the aspirated (mahaprana) consonant can never appear as primary consonant in a cluster. It always appears as secondary memeber.

£ÀªÀÄ¸ÁÌgÀ, GzÁÞgÀ, ¤µÉ×, GvÁÜ£À, ªÁUÁÝ£À, GzÀãªÀ, ¥ÀQë, GvÀìªÀ, ̧ ÀvÀá®, ¥À²ÑªÀÄ, GvÀàwÛ, ¥ÀÄµÀà, vÀvÀìªÀÄ.

gÁdPÁgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ GzÁÞgÀzÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁrzÀgÀÄ.

¸ÀzÀÄÎgÀÄ ºÀÄZÀÄÑ GzÁÎgÀ vÉUÉzÀgÀÄ.

CªÀjUÉ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÁÌgÀ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

CªÀ¼À GZÁÑgÀ PÉÃ½ ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ½AiÉÄAzÀÄ ¤²Ñ¹zÉ.

¸ï + vÀ = vÀì GvÀìªÀ

Uï + £ÀÀ = UÀß ®UÀß

zï + ªÀÄ = zÀä ¥ÀzÀä

uï + AiÀÄ = tå £Átå

ªÀiï + gÀ = ªÀÄæ vÁªÀÄæ

gï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄð gÀå ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð / ¸ÀÆgÀå

¥ÀæPÀÈw, gÀPÀÛ, gÀvÀß, gÀÄQätÂ, ¥ÀÄtå, PÁAiÀÄð

Note that gÀ has two secondary symbols.

Part II / 257

gÀ ð æ

occurs after the primary consonant in pronunciation eg.

taamra vÁªÀÄæ.

occurs before the primary consonant in pronunciation. eg. Surya ̧ ÀÆAiÀÄð. This can also be written as ̧ ÀÆgÀå.

but one must be careful in writing words like CgÀàuÉ

(C¥ÀðuÉ). If `gÀ' becomes smaller in size, then it looks

odd.

£ÀªÀÄä ̧ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ gÀPÀÛ ¹PÀÛ ºÀ¸ÀÛUÀ¼ÉÃ EªÉ.

gÀvÀß½UÉ ®UÀßzÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.

¥ÀzÀä½UÉ ¥ÀgÀªÀiÁvÀä£À°è £ÀA©PÉ E®è.

¸ÀvÀå - ÇÀvÀå, £ÁåAiÀÄ - C£ÁåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ zÉÃªÀjUÉ UÉÆvÀÄÛ.

DªÀÄèd£ÀPÀ fÃªÀªÁAiÀÄÄ.

EAzÀæ ZÀAzÀæ ̧ ÉÃj vÁªÀÄæzÀ ZÉÆA§Ä vÀAzÀgÀÄ

¸ÀPÁðj D¦üÃ¹£À°è ªÀÄAiÀiÁðzÉ¬ÄAzÀ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÉ PÁAiÀÄðUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉgÀªÉÃgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.

Three clusters are seen in Sanskrit borrowed words. But they are less in numbers. A few words are given below for example.

wÃPÀë÷Ú, ÇÀàø±Àå, ªÀÄvÀìöå, gÁµÀÖç

GzsÀéðUÁ«Ä, ̧ ÀA¸ÀÌøw, ¹ÛçÃ


æ

ð

Though the vowel sound occurs lost in a three consonant cluster unit like gÁµÀÖç, ¹ÛçÃ etc., the written representation has the vowel

symbol added to the first consonant and the other two written below the primary letter in the order in which they are pronounced.

Letters of the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order

ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É

C D E F G H IÄ J K L M N O CA CB

PÀ R UÀ WÀ Y

ZÀ bÀ d gÀhÄ k

l oÀ qÀ qsÀ t

vÀ xÀ zÀ zsÀ £À

¥À ¥sÀ § ̈ sÀ ªÀÄ

AiÀÄ gÀ ® ªÀ ±À µÀ ̧ À ºÀ ¼À

`Y' is not introduced as it is not functional in its full form.

Lesson II /259

Documents

A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE · 2019. 4. 10. · kannada a self instructional course lingadevaru halemane karnataka government kannada development authority bengaluru. czsÀåpÀëgÀ